27.07.2014 Views

Report - London Borough of Hillingdon

Report - London Borough of Hillingdon

Report - London Borough of Hillingdon

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Cabinet agenda<br />

Meeting Date: THURSDAY 4 TH MARCH 2004<br />

Time:<br />

Venue:<br />

7.00 P.M.<br />

COMMITTEE ROOM 6, CIVIC CENTRE<br />

HIGH STREET, UXBRIDGE<br />

COUNCILLORS IN THE CABINET<br />

Councillor Ray Puddifoot<br />

Councillor David Simmonds<br />

Councillor Jim O’Neill<br />

Councillor Philip Corthorne<br />

Councillor Solveig Stone<br />

Councillor Jonathan Bianco<br />

Councillor Douglas Mills<br />

Councillor Mike Heywood<br />

Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council<br />

Deputy Leader and Member for<br />

Social Services and Health<br />

Environment<br />

Housing<br />

Education, Youth and Leisure<br />

Finance and Corporate Services<br />

Performance, Partnerships and<br />

Regeneration<br />

Planning and Transportation<br />

This agenda contains papers which detail the business <strong>of</strong> and decisions to be made by<br />

the Cabinet for the month <strong>of</strong> March. If you would like further information or copies <strong>of</strong><br />

the agenda please call <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cabinet Office on 01895 250472 or by visiting the<br />

Council’s website:<br />

www.hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Mark Braddock - Cabinet Secretary<br />

Involving you in the way we do business…<br />

This agenda is<br />

Members <strong>of</strong> the Public and Press are very welcome to attend this meeting.<br />

Parking is available via the entrance in the High Street, Uxbridge. available Please in large<br />

enter from the Council’s main reception, where you will be print directed to the<br />

relevant Committee Room.


Cabinet Agenda – 4 th March 2004<br />

Agenda issued on 25 th February 2004<br />

1. Apologies for Absence<br />

2. Declarations <strong>of</strong> Interest – in matters coming before this meeting<br />

3. To receive the minutes <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet meeting held on 12 th February<br />

2004, copy attached (pages i – xi)<br />

4. To confirm that the items <strong>of</strong> business marked Part 1 will be considered<br />

in public and that the items marked Part 2 will be considered in private<br />

5. Consideration <strong>of</strong> Cabinet reports<br />

PART 1 – MEMBERS, PUBLIC AND PRESS<br />

This section lists the reports to be considered by the Cabinet in public. The<br />

number in brackets after each report title indicates the reference number in<br />

the Council’s Forward Plan, which is published monthly.<br />

Page<br />

1 Annual Audit Letter 2002/2003 1<br />

2 Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/2005 19<br />

3 Controlled Drinking Zones – Formal Designation 42<br />

4 Local Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> 54<br />

5 A review <strong>of</strong> the Animal Welfare Charter 83<br />

6 <strong>Hillingdon</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy – Response to the<br />

93<br />

Preliminary Consultation<br />

7 Behaviour Support Plan 2004/2005 133<br />

8 <strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA/DfES Compact 136<br />

9 Review <strong>of</strong> Welfare Meals Service, Meals in the Home, Dining<br />

150<br />

Centre, Day centre Meals and Civic Centre Banqueting Service<br />

10 Early Years Development and Childcare Partnership Implementation 152<br />

Plan 2004/2005<br />

11 Revenue Budget 2003/2004 Monthly Monitoring <strong>Report</strong> Month 9 157<br />

(December 2003)<br />

12 Opening <strong>of</strong> Private Equity Tender Off Site 174<br />

PART 2 – PRIVATE, MEMBERS ONLY<br />

The reports listed below in Part 2 are not made public because they contain<br />

confidential information as defined in the Local Government (Access to<br />

Information) Act 1985. This is because:


Items 13 and 14 deal with ‘any terms proposed or to be proposed by or to the<br />

Authority in the course <strong>of</strong> negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or<br />

disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.’<br />

13 The provision <strong>of</strong> Fleet Vehicles on long and short term hire 176<br />

14 Voluntary Sector Leasing Policy TO FOLLOW<br />

6. Any business transferred from Part 1 <strong>of</strong> the agenda.


CABINET 12 TH FEBRUARY 2004<br />

DECISIONS SHEET PUBLISHED BY THE CABINET OFFICE<br />

ON 16 TH FEBRUARY 2004<br />

Officer contact<br />

1A<br />

PRESENT<br />

Members <strong>of</strong> Cabinet – Councillors Ray Puddifoot, David Simmonds,<br />

Jonathan Bianco, Philip Corthorne, Mike Heywood, Douglas Mills, Jim<br />

O’Neill, Solveig Stone.<br />

Other Party Leaders/Deputy Leaders – Councillors Steve Carey and Rod<br />

Marshall.<br />

Overview & Scrutiny Chairmen/Vice Chairmen – Councillor Anthony Way<br />

(Item 1A), Councillor Keith Burrows (Item 8).<br />

Members congratulated Councillor Rod Marshall on his recent marriage.<br />

DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST<br />

Councillor Rod Marshall declared a general personal and non-prejudicial<br />

interest as Dean <strong>of</strong> Faculty at Buckinghamshire Chilterns University<br />

College, which was a provider <strong>of</strong> courses to the Council’s Social Services<br />

Group and as a member <strong>of</strong> the Board <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Homes. Councillor Rod<br />

Marshall also declared a personal and prejudicial interest in Items 4 and 5<br />

and left the meeting for the discussion on those items.<br />

MINUTES<br />

The minutes <strong>of</strong> the meeting held 15 th January 2004 were agreed as<br />

correct.<br />

ALLOCATION OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE VOLUNTARY<br />

SECTOR 2004/2005<br />

DECISION<br />

1. That the Cabinet agrees the recommendations on the allocation <strong>of</strong><br />

grants to Voluntary groups as set out in the schedule attached to the<br />

report, with the exception <strong>of</strong> the grant to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Autistic Care and<br />

Support which is to be £25,000 and not as printed.<br />

2. That it is confirmed that the sum <strong>of</strong> £264,000 is to be set aside for<br />

grant to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Citizens’ Advice Bureau until the Council is<br />

satisfied and has received the outcome <strong>of</strong> the review being<br />

undertaken by the National CAB.<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

Nigel Cramb<br />

01895<br />

250394


To allocate money to voluntary sector organisations.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To vary the allocations or to make no decisions.<br />

1B THE COUNCIL’S BUDGETS 2004/2005<br />

The Leader advised the meeting that subject to promises made to him that<br />

day by the DfES being delivered, the budget shortfall was now reduced to<br />

£1.15m. It was noted that the Cabinet would be meeting again before the<br />

Council tax setting meeting on 26 th February 2004, to make<br />

recommendations about the budget.<br />

Leigh<br />

Whitehouse<br />

01895<br />

227457<br />

Thanks were recorded to the Members <strong>of</strong> Parliament for the<br />

Constituencies in the <strong>Borough</strong> and to the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council for the<br />

negotiations they had carried out with Government Ministers about the<br />

funding requirement arising from the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Judgment.<br />

Thanks were also recorded to <strong>of</strong>ficers who had supported the Leader <strong>of</strong><br />

the Council in the meetings with Government Ministers, in particular Leigh<br />

Whitehouse and Kamini Rambellas.<br />

It was noted that the amount in the capital budget for Chrysalis funding had<br />

been increased to £900,000 and that 20% <strong>of</strong> this funding would be<br />

allocated for community safety items.<br />

DECISION<br />

1. To note the proposals put forward to <strong>of</strong>fset the impact <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Judgment in 2004/05<br />

2. To note the revised growth list in Appendix B<br />

3. To note the proposed reductions included in Appendix C and<br />

authorises <strong>of</strong>ficers to begin work on implementation in the current<br />

year.<br />

4. To note the Capital Programme as outlined in Appendix E,<br />

including the internally financed schemes detailed in Appendix D<br />

5. To note the Prudential Indicators for 2004/05 as detailed in<br />

Appendix F<br />

6. To note the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance’s recommendations regarding his<br />

responsibilities under the Local Government Act 2003<br />

7. To note the requirement for further consultation to be undertaken<br />

as a result <strong>of</strong> the amendments to the draft budget proposals<br />

REASON FOR DECISION


To comply with the Budget and Policy Framework Rules and allow the<br />

presentation to the Council <strong>of</strong> a recommended budget for 2004/2005.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To amend the proposals.<br />

This Item had been dispatched less than 5 clear days before the meeting.<br />

The Chairman agreed that it be considered as urgent because<br />

fundamental changes have been made to the draft budget issued for<br />

consultation as a result <strong>of</strong> continuing uncertainty over funding for services<br />

to Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children arising from the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Judgment. In order to allow for consultation on the revised proposals it has<br />

been necessary to issue a further budget report.<br />

2 HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT (HRA) RENT SETTING 2004/2005<br />

DECISION<br />

1. That it is agreed to continue to use formula rents under the ODPM<br />

rents restructure policy to calculate HRA dwelling rents for<br />

2004/2005.<br />

Ola Ajala<br />

01895<br />

250795<br />

2. To approve the HRA rent, charges and allowances for 2004/2005 as<br />

set out in Table A <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />

3. To note the latest projected expenditure for 2003/2004 and<br />

2004/2005 in Appendix 1 to the report. Appendix 1 is estimating HRA<br />

uncommitted balance at the end <strong>of</strong> 2003/2004 at £2.78m and £2.13m<br />

for 2004/2005.<br />

4. That the HRA capital programme is granted exemption from the<br />

moratorium on capital expenditure as imposed for 2004/2005.<br />

REASONS FOR DECISION<br />

To review the levels <strong>of</strong> rent, service charges and allowances for 2004/2005<br />

to ensure that the HRA does not go into deficit and the cost <strong>of</strong> providing<br />

services is recovered from HRA service users.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To set alternative levels charges for non dwelling services.<br />

3 IMPROVEMENT PLANNING : HILLINGDON’S RESPONSE TO THE CPA<br />

REFRESH 2003<br />

DECISION<br />

Brian Murrell<br />

01895


1. To note the work done in improvement planning in 2003/04 as set<br />

out in the report, and the positive qualitative assessment report from<br />

the Audit Commission.<br />

250612<br />

2. To agree the arrangements for improvement planning for 2004/5<br />

and beyond as set out in the report.<br />

3. To note the proposed changes to CPA from 2005 and instructs the<br />

<strong>of</strong>ficers to submit a proposed response to the consultation to the<br />

Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council and to the Cabinet Member for Performance,<br />

Partnerships and Regeneration.<br />

4. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to arrange an independent “peer” review<br />

conducted by the IDeA to benchmark the Council’s progress in<br />

improving its corporate capacity.<br />

5. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to assess all capacity building options and<br />

submit a report with recommendations to the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council<br />

and to the Cabinet Member for Performance, Partnerships and<br />

Regeneration.<br />

REASONS FOR DECISION<br />

The CPA process requires all Councils to carry out improvement planning<br />

based on their CPA result.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To not support and resource all or some <strong>of</strong> the proposals for Improvement<br />

Planning.<br />

4 HILLINGDON ADULT EDUCATION SERVICE POST-INSPECTION<br />

ACTION PLAN AND 3 YEAR DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2003/2006<br />

DECISION<br />

1. To endorse the Post Inspection Action Plan (page 10 <strong>of</strong> the green<br />

pages) and request an updated plan to be presented to the Cabinet<br />

after the full autumn inspection.<br />

Roger<br />

Turner /<br />

Tricia Collis<br />

01895<br />

250789 /<br />

676690<br />

2. To endorse the Three Year Development Plan (page 1 <strong>of</strong> the green<br />

pages) and associated actions and targets, including the Options<br />

Appraisal (Appendix C, page 46 <strong>of</strong> the report) and request a further<br />

report on the Options Appraisal. It was also agreed that the third<br />

paragraph in Appendix C (starting ‘Whatever recommendations<br />

reached..’) was to be deleted.<br />

3. To agree use up to £25k <strong>of</strong> the EYL budget for 2003/04 and request<br />

an option appraisal as soon as possible.<br />

REASON FOR DECISION


To ensure the Authority can improve the quality <strong>of</strong> the learning<br />

opportunities it <strong>of</strong>fers to adults and draw down funding from the LSC to<br />

provide learning opportunities in the most efficient and effective way.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To modify the Action Plan and the 3 Year Development Plan.<br />

5 HILLINGDON ADULT EDUCATION SERVICE ACCOMMODATION<br />

STRATEGY 2003/2007<br />

DECISION<br />

1. To endorse in principle the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Adult Education<br />

Accommodation Strategy<br />

2. To instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to continue to develop detailed costed<br />

proposals for:<br />

the replacement <strong>of</strong> the Frays Centre in Uxbridge in partnership with<br />

Uxbridge College<br />

the redevelopment <strong>of</strong> Victoria Centre in its current location, including<br />

the option <strong>of</strong> including a new replacement library for Ruislip<br />

Manor<br />

the redevelopment <strong>of</strong> the North <strong>Hillingdon</strong> site in partnership with<br />

The Douay Martyrs school<br />

the provision <strong>of</strong> an adult learning facility as part <strong>of</strong> the new Ruislip<br />

High School<br />

Roger<br />

Turner /<br />

Tricia Collis<br />

01895<br />

250789 /<br />

676690<br />

3. To endorse the Capital Bid for the provision <strong>of</strong> an Adult Learning<br />

Centre at Hayes Manor School and a similar bid for Harefield at the<br />

Harefield Academy<br />

REASONS FOR DECISION<br />

To enable the Authority to continue to <strong>of</strong>fer high quality adult learning<br />

opportunities in DDA part 4 compliant buildings and to enable the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> learning opportunities to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> residents<br />

through continued funding from the LSC.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To request additional information at a later stage on two <strong>of</strong> the buildings.<br />

6 POST-16 BASIC NEEDS CAPITAL ALLOCATION<br />

DECISION<br />

To endorse the decision to allocate capital funding to Mellow Lane<br />

and Vyners Secondary Schools in order for the two schools to<br />

Roger<br />

Turner<br />

01895


expand their sixth form accommodation.<br />

250789<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

Cabinet approval is required to the level <strong>of</strong> expenditure for the two<br />

projects.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To withdraw funding for the projects.<br />

7 JOINT ALLOTMENTS STRATEGY<br />

DECISION<br />

1. To note the investment made to date in site improvements and<br />

endorses the proposed programme <strong>of</strong> works for 2004/05 and beyond.<br />

2. To declare Site A (shown hatched black on plan G.1075/A) surplus<br />

to requirements<br />

3. To agree to the rationalisation <strong>of</strong> Site B and, subject to negotiation<br />

with the allotment holders and the grant <strong>of</strong> Secretary <strong>of</strong> State’s<br />

consent to its release from allotment use, declares the part hatched<br />

black on the plan G.1075/B surplus to requirements<br />

Stuart<br />

Hunt/Jackie<br />

Hodgson<br />

01895<br />

250916 /<br />

250932<br />

4. To instruct the Head <strong>of</strong> Property Services to:<br />

(i) give twelve months notice to the plotholders on the surplus<br />

sites;<br />

(ii) prepare development proposals for each site and, with the<br />

approval <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet Member for Finance and Property<br />

Services make outline planning applications<br />

(iii) market the sites and seek informal bids for report back to<br />

Cabinet<br />

5. To allocate 10% <strong>of</strong> the capital receipt up to a maximum <strong>of</strong> £800,000<br />

over the four years 04/05 to 08/09 from the proceeds arising from the<br />

sale <strong>of</strong> Site A and Site B for reinvestment in the remaining allotment<br />

sites.<br />

6. That the release <strong>of</strong> the monies allocated for reinvestment in the<br />

allotment sites be subject to approval by the relevant Cabinet<br />

Member <strong>of</strong> detailed programmes <strong>of</strong> works within the overall<br />

framework <strong>of</strong> the Allotment Strategy.<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

To set priorities for investing in allotments from fundraising and<br />

rationalisation <strong>of</strong> allotment land that is surplus.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED


To not dispose <strong>of</strong> the sites or not to invest resources in other allotments.<br />

8 CHOICE BASED LETTINGS - LOCATA<br />

DECISION<br />

1. To agree the continuation <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s membership <strong>of</strong> Locata<br />

and the Choice Based lettings scheme for a further 12 months, when<br />

it will be reviewed again by Cabinet.<br />

Ann Lander<br />

01895<br />

250717<br />

2. To confirm the continuation <strong>of</strong> the current assessment criteria<br />

adopted on 4 th December 2001 as part <strong>of</strong> the pilot. The criteria is<br />

attached at Appendix 1.<br />

3. To agree that in conjunction with other Locata partners’, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

continue to develop and improve the scheme as outlined in the<br />

enhancements plan attached at Appendix 2.<br />

4. To note with reservations the attempt <strong>of</strong> the Notting Hill Housing<br />

Group to join the Locata partnership and instructs <strong>of</strong>ficers to oppose<br />

their inclusion until such time as there is a clear and demonstrable<br />

improvement in their standard <strong>of</strong> estate management.<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

Choice based lettings has been successfully introduced in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and<br />

has increased options for residents to find housing. Continuing in<br />

membership <strong>of</strong> LOCATA will deliver choice to applicants and tenants in the<br />

social housing sector.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To withdraw from choice based lettings. To enter into an alternative<br />

partnership to <strong>of</strong>fer choice based lettings. To return to the previous means<br />

<strong>of</strong> allocation and assessment scheme.<br />

9 REVENUE BUDGET 2003/2004 MONTHLY MONITORING REPORT<br />

MONTH 8 (NOVEMBER 2003)<br />

DECISION<br />

To note the improved position <strong>of</strong> the revenue budget and agrees to<br />

<strong>of</strong>ficers continuing to take appropriate actions to ensure the<br />

budgeted revenue surplus for the current year is achieved.<br />

Paul<br />

Whaymand<br />

01895<br />

556074<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

To achieve the Council’s expected surplus in line with the approved<br />

budget.


ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

None.<br />

10 USE OF CONTINGENCY FUNDING FOR HARLINGTON ROAD DEPOT<br />

SITE INVESTIGATIONS<br />

DECISION<br />

To authorise the release <strong>of</strong> £24,000 <strong>of</strong> contingency in 2003/4 to fund<br />

the site investigation work authorised by <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />

Pacey<br />

Cheales<br />

01895<br />

250118<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

To enable progress on site investigation work at Harlington Road Depot to<br />

begin as a matter <strong>of</strong> urgency.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

None.<br />

11 COUNCIL OPPOSITION TO THE PROPOSED THIRD RUNWAY AT<br />

HEATHROW - CONSIDERATION OF THE AVIATION WHITE PAPER<br />

AND PROPOSED ACTIONS<br />

DECISION<br />

1. On the basis <strong>of</strong> the legal advice which has been obtained<br />

from Leading Counsel, Cabinet instructs the <strong>Borough</strong> Solicitor to<br />

write to the Government for the purpose <strong>of</strong> seeking clarification on<br />

the Northolt issue and depending on the Government's response, to<br />

take such action as is deemed necessary and appropriate.<br />

Raj Alagh /<br />

Brian Murrell<br />

/ Tim Jurdon<br />

01895<br />

250617/<br />

250612 /<br />

250610<br />

2. The Cabinet agrees that the Council should join in a legal<br />

action commenced by a consortium <strong>of</strong> local authorities led by the<br />

<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> Wandsworth.<br />

3. That future options for the campaign against the third<br />

runway, including the use <strong>of</strong> consultants, lobbyists, and support for<br />

NOTRAG be deferred for consideration following any resolution in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> the legal challenge.<br />

4. That consideration <strong>of</strong> detailed impacts <strong>of</strong> the possible third<br />

runway, relating to any information received from BAA or details <strong>of</strong><br />

any blight scheme received, be referred to a future meeting <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Cabinet.<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

The Council has limited time to decide on whether it will legally challenge<br />

any aspects <strong>of</strong> the Aviation White Paper. There is also a need to review<br />

the current arrangements for public relations, parliamentary lobbying, and


support for NOTRAG following publication <strong>of</strong> the White Paper, and this is<br />

considered best done in consultation with wider campaign stakeholders.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To not challenge the White Paper and to end the campaign against the<br />

third runway.<br />

The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />

information as defined in paragraph 12 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />

Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘Any instructions to<br />

counsel and any opinion <strong>of</strong> counsel whether or not in connection with any<br />

proceedings and any advice received, information obtained or action to be<br />

taken in connection with any legal proceedings by or against the authority<br />

or the determination <strong>of</strong> any matter affecting the authority whether, in either<br />

case, proceedings have been commenced or are in contemplation.<br />

12 APPOINTMENT OF CORPORATE ADVERTISING SERVICES<br />

SUPPLIER TO THE LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON AND THE<br />

LCSG<br />

DECISION<br />

To award the contract for the supply <strong>of</strong> all advertising and Public<br />

Notice services to TMP Worldwide Ltd.<br />

Danesh<br />

Sharma<br />

01895<br />

277934<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

The contract <strong>of</strong>fers best value to the council and will result in cost savings.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To retender the contract.<br />

The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />

information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />

Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />

proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />

negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />

13 APPOINTMENT OF CONSULTANT TO DELIVER HRA DEVELOPMENT<br />

PROGRAMME AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECTS<br />

DECISION<br />

To appoint Redl<strong>of</strong>t Partnership for a 2 year period from February<br />

2004.<br />

Ann Lander<br />

01895<br />

250717<br />

REASONS FOR DECISION<br />

The appointment <strong>of</strong>fers the most effective way <strong>of</strong> delivering the HRA


Programme.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To not appoint Redl<strong>of</strong>t Partnership.<br />

The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />

information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />

Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />

proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />

negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />

14 PROPOSED GRANT OF LEASES OF PROPERTIES FOR MORE THAN<br />

SEVEN YEARS<br />

DECISION<br />

That Cabinet authorises grant <strong>of</strong> leases for a term exceeding seven<br />

years in respect <strong>of</strong> the two properties identified in the report upon<br />

terms to be agreed by the Head <strong>of</strong> Property Services.<br />

Martin White<br />

01895<br />

250936<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

To allow the Council to receive increased rental income.<br />

ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To not proceed with the leases.<br />

The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />

information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />

Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />

proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />

negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />

15 APPROVAL TO ACCEPT A NEGOTIATED TENDER FOR THE SURVEY<br />

OF CORPORATE STOCK SITES AND BUILDINGS FOR DISABILITY<br />

DISCRIMINATION ACT REQUIREMENTS - PHASE THREE SURVEYS<br />

DECISION<br />

To accept the negotiated tender from Vectra Property Consulting in<br />

the sum <strong>of</strong> £68,934.77 to undertake Phase 3 access surveys to sites.<br />

Gerry<br />

Edwards<br />

01895<br />

250903<br />

REASON FOR DECISION<br />

To enable surveys to be progressed.


ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED AND REJECTED<br />

To retender the contract.<br />

The report was considered in Part 2 because it contained confidential<br />

information as defined in paragraph 9 <strong>of</strong> the Schedule to the Local<br />

Government (Access to Information) Act 1985, namely ‘any terms<br />

proposed or to be proposed by or to the Authority in the course <strong>of</strong><br />

negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal <strong>of</strong> property or the<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> goods or services.<br />

The meeting closed at 9.17 p.m.<br />

THESE DECISIONS WILL COME INTO FORCE AND WILL THEN BE IMPLEMENTED UNLESS<br />

THEY ARE CALLED-IN. THE DEADLINE FOR CALL-IN TO BE RECEIVED BY THE HEAD OF<br />

DEMOCRATIC SERVICES IS 5PM ON MONDAY 23 RD FEBRUARY 2004.<br />

COUNCILLORS AND OFFICERS WILL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY CALL-INS RECEIVED.<br />

This is a summary <strong>of</strong> the Cabinet’s decisions.<br />

If you wish for more detailed information on any <strong>of</strong> the decisions please contact <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cabinet<br />

Office - Mark Braddock on 01895 250470 or Susan Came on 01895 250472.<br />

The right hand column indicates the name <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong>ficer(s) responsible for implementing/following up<br />

the decision in each case. Circulation <strong>of</strong> this decisions sheet is to Members <strong>of</strong> the Council, Corporate<br />

Directors, Group Secretariats.


ANNUAL AUDIT LETTER 2002/3 ITEM 1<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: P Whaymand<br />

Telephone: 01895 556074<br />

This report summarises the main points raised in the District Auditor’s letter on<br />

2002/3 audit and inspection issues. The District Auditor has been invited to present<br />

his Letter to the Cabinet and to answer Members’ questions. The letter notes the first<br />

unqualified accounts since 1996/7, the unqualified Best Value Performance Plan, the<br />

generally sound internal controls and the promising improvements shown on<br />

inspections. It also notes the good record in financial management, the need for<br />

reserves to be higher as currently planned, the improvement in the use <strong>of</strong> resources<br />

CPA rating from 2 to 3 out <strong>of</strong> 4, and the plan to improve the Council’s overall CPA<br />

rating.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

1. That the annual Audit Letter attached be noted.<br />

2. That staff be commended for achieving the improvements noted by the<br />

District Auditor.<br />

REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />

The Cabinet is required to consider the annual audit letter.<br />

OPTIONS<br />

Not relevant.<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

The Corporate Services Overview & Scrutiny Committee will be commenting on this<br />

report at its meeting in March 2004.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. This is the second joint audit and inspection Annual Letter for members. The<br />

Letter summarises the conclusions and significant issues arising from the 2002/2003<br />

audit and inspection programme and comments on other current issues.<br />

2. The key messages in the Annual Letter (a full copy <strong>of</strong> which is attached) are as<br />

follows:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 1


Audit Assurance Work<br />

3. An unqualified opinion on the Council’s 2002/2003 accounts and Pension Fund<br />

was issued in December 2003. This is the first time since 1996/97 that the Council<br />

has received an unqualified opinion on its accounts. The Council’s draft accounts<br />

were prepared for audit by August 2003 and supporting documentation was once<br />

again <strong>of</strong> a good standard. The letter goes on to note that the Council is well placed to<br />

tackle the challenge <strong>of</strong> the earlier audit opinions that will be required in future years.<br />

4. The Council also received an unqualified opinion on the 2003/2004 Best Value<br />

Performance Plan.<br />

5. In relation to grant claims the letter says that overall, the audit <strong>of</strong> the Council’s<br />

grant claims for 2001/2002 was successful. Claims were generally well prepared for<br />

audit, accurate, and the audits conducted efficiently. However, there are still some<br />

claims where the supporting documentation can be improved. The Director <strong>of</strong><br />

Finance is taking steps to ensure that the preparation <strong>of</strong> these claims is improved by<br />

increasing the central review <strong>of</strong> the claims.<br />

Financial Aspects <strong>of</strong> Corporate Governance<br />

6. The letter comments that in recent years, the Council has developed a good track<br />

record in financial management, exercised restraints where needed, and begun to<br />

build its reserves.<br />

7. However the letter also comments that the reserves are still too low to provide<br />

protection against unforeseen cost pressures. The financial forecast for 2003/4<br />

provides for further improvement on this, as does the longer term financial plan.<br />

8. The letter comments that the Council’s arrangements for maintaining internal<br />

financial control, for ensuring standards <strong>of</strong> financial conduct and the prevention <strong>of</strong><br />

fraud and corruption, and for maintaining the legality <strong>of</strong> financial transactions are<br />

generally sound.<br />

Inspections<br />

9. The Audit letter comments that inspections undertaken on Housing Management<br />

and ICT Service during 2003 show promising improvement prospects.<br />

10. The Housing Management Service was found to have clear aims, good access,<br />

an effective complaints system, good caretaking and cleaning services and<br />

improving rent collection procedures.<br />

11. The ICT service had promising prospects for improvement because:<br />

• Senior <strong>of</strong>ficer, members and ICT staff are leading the e-government agenda;<br />

• There is a good track record <strong>of</strong> partnership working to deliver e-government<br />

plans;<br />

• Additional funding has been committed to ICT developments.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 2


CPA Scorecard<br />

12. The Letter comments that the Council has generally maintained its services at<br />

the level <strong>of</strong> the previous year. Both Housing and Education Services have<br />

maintained their good status. The use <strong>of</strong> resources rating has improved from 2 to 3<br />

which reflects improvement in financial and management processes. The only area<br />

<strong>of</strong> deterioration was in social care for children, but this had a significant impact on<br />

the Council’s overall performance rating, dropping it from ‘fair’ to ‘weak’. <strong>Report</strong> also<br />

comments that Waste recycling, services for the under-fives and careers’ guidance<br />

to teenagers have improved and that the Planning service is making progress.<br />

13. The letter also comments that the Council has put in place plans to improve our<br />

rating and that these plans will be monitored over the next 12 months. Cabinet at its<br />

meeting <strong>of</strong> 12 February agreed revised arrangements for improvement planning for<br />

2004/5 and beyond, operating as part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Improvement Programme.<br />

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

14. There are no direct financial implications flowing from the report. The<br />

improvements planned to address some <strong>of</strong> the issues raised in the letter have been<br />

built into the service planning process for 2004/5. The letter refers to the cost <strong>of</strong> the<br />

external audit service for the 2002/3 audit being £673k.<br />

LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

15. There are no specific legal implications arising from this report.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

2002/3 Annual Letter from District Auditor<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 3


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 4


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 5


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 6


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 7


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 8


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 9


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 10


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 11


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 12


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 13


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 14


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 15


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 16


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 17


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 18


FAIR FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS 2004/05 ITEM 2<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: David Tully<br />

Telephone: 01895 250076<br />

Officers have worked with schools over the last few months to establish the most<br />

appropriate way <strong>of</strong> distributing the Schools Budget for 2004/05, including the<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> the Fair Funding formula. Two rounds <strong>of</strong> consultation have taken place<br />

and the proposals put forward in the second consultation form the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

recommendations in this report. Schools are due to articulate their collective view on<br />

the proposals at Schools Forum on 3 rd March 2004, so a summary <strong>of</strong> their<br />

recommendations will be provided to Cabinet before it is asked to make final<br />

decisions.<br />

The recommendations ask that the full extent <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted funds within the<br />

Schools Budget for 2004/05 are allocated to primary schools to address funding<br />

differentials which have developed between <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary schools and primary<br />

schools in other Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s.<br />

The other recommendations largely propose modifications to the distribution <strong>of</strong><br />

funding in the Fair Funding formula.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

That Members:<br />

a) Agree to distribute to primary schools the whole <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted<br />

funding that is available within the Schools Budget (ie any amounts<br />

beyond the Minimum Funding Guarantee and any commitments for SEN<br />

and other budgets)<br />

b) Agree to seek formal permission from the DfES to omit three factors from<br />

the calculations <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee for schools: SEN<br />

proxy, Specialist Resourced Provision and Closing Schools.<br />

c) Agree to an Increased weighting for social deprivation and turnover<br />

factors, as set out in the consultation paper (No 2) proposals:<br />

d) Agree the use <strong>of</strong> Key Stage 1 data instead <strong>of</strong> baseline data for Foundation<br />

and Key Stage 1 pupils for Non-Statemented SEN funding and for high<br />

incidence SEN proxy funding and for the weightings to be calculated as<br />

set out in the consultation paper (No 2).<br />

e) Agree to introduce a minimum protection factor for primary, secondary<br />

and special schools.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 19


f) Agree to introduce a closing schools factor to allow for the arrangements<br />

associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community School, as set out in<br />

the consultation paper (No 2).<br />

g) Agree to introduce a formal delegated budget for McMillan Nursery, as a<br />

maintained nursery school and for that budget to be composed <strong>of</strong> three<br />

factors: place factors, a nursery factor and a nursery school factor.<br />

h) Take up the whole <strong>of</strong> the Advanced Skills Teachers (AST) Standards Fund<br />

grant on the basis that each school with an AST makes a voluntary<br />

contribution to create the matched funding.<br />

i) Retain certain elements <strong>of</strong> the School Development Grant as set out in the<br />

consultation paper (No 2).<br />

j) Allocate any excess School Development Grant beyond the minimum<br />

entitlement for each school on the basis <strong>of</strong> PLASC January 2004 pupil<br />

numbers.<br />

REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />

The Council, as Local Education Authority, is required to consider changes annually<br />

to its Fair Funding scheme, to consult on any changes with schools and with the<br />

Schools Forum, and to take account <strong>of</strong> their views before final decisions. Any<br />

changes should be implemented in time for budgets to be published on or before<br />

31 st March 2004.<br />

The recommendations are put forward as the proposals which <strong>of</strong>ficers believed were<br />

appropriate after the first round <strong>of</strong> Fair Funding consultation with schools;<br />

recommendations may be revised, subject to the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the second round <strong>of</strong><br />

consultation.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

To accept the recommendations.<br />

To propose amendments to the recommendations.<br />

To accept alternative recommendations which might be proposed either by <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

or by Schools Forum after the Schools Forum meeting on 3 rd March 2004.<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

Overview and Scrutiny Committee considered the contents <strong>of</strong> the first consultation<br />

paper on Fair Funding at its meeting on 8 th January 2004.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 20


INFORMATION<br />

1. The Fair Funding Consultation Paper (No2) is in Appendix 1 and it explains all <strong>of</strong><br />

the proposals being considered by schools. The outcomes from the consultation<br />

paper are being considered by Schools Forum on 3 rd March 2004 and their views will<br />

be conveyed to Cabinet prior to final decisions being made.<br />

2. One important element within the proposals is that any uncommitted funding<br />

within the Schools Budget be allocated to primary schools. Officers have made this<br />

recommendation on the basis <strong>of</strong> the resolution made by Schools Forum at its<br />

meeting on 22 nd January 2004 that funding for each sector move to the level <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average. Moreover, the evidence on which the Schools<br />

Forum made their resolution has also heavily influenced the <strong>of</strong>ficer recommendation.<br />

3. There are three pieces <strong>of</strong> evidence now available that support the view that any<br />

uncommitted funding be allocated in 2004/05 to primary schools:<br />

a) The comparison <strong>of</strong> primary, secondary and special needs budgets for 2003/04<br />

with the component sub-blocks <strong>of</strong> the Education Formula Spending Share<br />

indicate that primary schools are being funded £4.6m below the level <strong>of</strong> the<br />

FSS. There has not been such a large movement in the FSS for 2004/05 to<br />

suggest that this pattern is not still valid. In the first consultation paper on Fair<br />

Funding issued in December 2004, the analysis was as follows:<br />

Table 4: Analysis <strong>of</strong> Education FSS Sub-blocks<br />

Nursery &<br />

Secondary Special Total<br />

Primary<br />

Total Schools budget on<br />

a basis comparable to the<br />

FSS for Schools<br />

58,157,035 49,084,536 14,485,861 121,727,431<br />

FSS for schools 62,715,003 48,383,678 12,790,662 123,889,343<br />

Difference between<br />

budget and FSS<br />

-4,557,968 700,858 1,695,199 -2,161,912<br />

Officers explored the methodology for this analysis with the DfES to ensure that<br />

a like-for-like comparison was being made.<br />

b) At the 9 th December 2003 meeting <strong>of</strong> the Schools Forum a paper was<br />

considered which analysed the ratio <strong>of</strong> primary – secondary relative funding. It<br />

used publicly available statistics, using budgets and actuals. It concluded that,<br />

compared to other Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary pupils were being<br />

funded at an average ratio <strong>of</strong> 67.4% <strong>of</strong> the value <strong>of</strong> secondary pupil, whereas<br />

the Outer <strong>London</strong> ratio was 75.35%. This did not imply that secondary pupils<br />

were overfunded, rather that primary schools were being funded consistently<br />

below the average. Schools Forum has asked for some independent<br />

verification <strong>of</strong> the validity <strong>of</strong> the analysis and conclusions and <strong>of</strong>ficers are<br />

arranging for this to happen. There does not, however, appear to be any<br />

obvious flaw in the analysis and it does reinforce the conclusions about the<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 21


elatively worse funding for primary schools identified in the FSS analysis<br />

above.<br />

c) The Chartered Institute <strong>of</strong> Public Finance and Accountancy has issued draft<br />

statistics on detailed 2003/04 budgets for schools. This provides the basis on<br />

which the Schools Forum resolution can be considered.<br />

The average Individual Schools Budget (ISB) Share per primary pupil in Outer<br />

<strong>London</strong> for 2003/04 was £2,552, compared to the amount per <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary<br />

pupil <strong>of</strong> £2,395. To fund <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary pupils at that average level would<br />

require an additional £3.6m. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary schools were ranked 16 th out <strong>of</strong><br />

20 in the amount <strong>of</strong> ISB per pupil.<br />

The average Individual Schools Budget Share per secondary pupil in Outer<br />

<strong>London</strong> for 2003/04 was £3,363, compared to the amount per <strong>Hillingdon</strong> primary<br />

pupil <strong>of</strong> £3,441. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary schools were ranked 7 th out <strong>of</strong> 20 in the<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> ISB per pupil.<br />

These figures demonstrate that, to reach the Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average,<br />

additional funding needs to be found for primary, but not secondary schools.<br />

This situation would be reviewed again in 2004/05 for future years.<br />

CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

Resource Implications<br />

4. The report deals with how the available funding should be distributed. Decisions<br />

about the level <strong>of</strong> funding for schools will be taken at Council on 26 th February 2004.<br />

The financial aspects <strong>of</strong> the School Forum resolution to fund at the level <strong>of</strong> the Outer<br />

<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> average are explained in the text.<br />

Legal implications<br />

5. There are no legal implications arising directly from this report.<br />

Property implications<br />

6. There are no property implications arising directly from this report.<br />

EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

7. Schools and the Schools Forum have been formally consulted and their views will<br />

be reported to Cabinet prior to any final decision being taken.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

1 st Fair Funding Consultation – December 2003 and the outcomes.<br />

Schools Forum minutes December 2003 and January 2004<br />

Cabinet reports on the Council’s budget – December 2003 and February 2004<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 22


Education, Youth and Leisure Services<br />

Consultation Paper (No 2) – February 2004<br />

Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/05.<br />

Target audience:<br />

Deadlines<br />

response:<br />

for<br />

Headteachers<br />

Governing Bodies<br />

Senior Managers<br />

Finance Officers<br />

Teachers Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Associations<br />

Wednesday 25 th February 2004 (to allow<br />

consideration <strong>of</strong> responses at Schools Forum on<br />

3 rd March 2004)<br />

Queries on this consultation paper should be directed to:<br />

David Tully<br />

Assistant Director: Finance &<br />

Resources<br />

Tel: 01895 250076<br />

Fax: 01895 250831<br />

Email: dtully@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

School Finance Team<br />

Jane Rana<br />

Tel: 01895 250432<br />

Ge<strong>of</strong>f Trott<br />

Tel: 01895 250458<br />

Colin Osafo<br />

Tel: 01895 250451<br />

Martyn Callister<br />

Principal Accountant: Schools<br />

Tel: 01895 277687<br />

Fax: 01895 277007<br />

Email: Mcallister@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Special Needs Team<br />

Linda Jackson<br />

Tel: 01895 250489<br />

Email: Ljackson2@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Formal responses should be sent to:<br />

Janet Watson<br />

EYL Directorate<br />

4E.01 Civic Centre<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middlesex UB8 1QU<br />

Tel: 01895 277970<br />

Fax: 01895 250831<br />

Email: jwatson2@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

By Noon Wednesday 25 th February 2004<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 23


Consultation Paper (No 2) – February 2004<br />

Fair Funding Arrangements 2004/05<br />

Contents<br />

Item Description Page<br />

1 Introduction 3<br />

2 Consultation issues 3<br />

3 Feedback from Consultation (No 1) 4<br />

4 Overall Financial Position 4<br />

5 Minimum Funding Guarantee 8<br />

6 Formula Factors 9<br />

7 Standards Fund – Take-up <strong>of</strong> grants 13<br />

8 Standards Fund – Distributional issues 14<br />

9 Data in the Draft Budgets 14<br />

10 Timetable 15<br />

Appendix 1 Outcomes from the Schools Forum’s consideration <strong>of</strong> 16<br />

Consultation Paper (No 1) and <strong>of</strong>ficer comment.<br />

Appendix 2 Composition <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget 2003/04 19<br />

Annexes on School Draft budgets are circulated separately.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 24


1. Introduction<br />

1.1 This is the second <strong>of</strong> two consultation rounds on the Fair Funding<br />

arrangements for 2004/05. In the first round, Schools Forum considered the 7<br />

questions posed by the LEA on the arrangements for 2004/05. This second<br />

consultation paper draws on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the first to make firm proposals<br />

for Fair Funding for 2004/05. It also provides an update on the overall<br />

financial position. Annexes to this paper with draft budget information are<br />

being circulated to schools separately.<br />

2. Consultation issues<br />

2.1 The LEA is consulting the Schools Forum and individual schools on<br />

the following matters:<br />

a) Distribution <strong>of</strong> funding. Officers propose to recommend to Cabinet<br />

to distribute to primary schools the whole <strong>of</strong> any uncommitted<br />

funding that is available within the Schools Budget (ie any amounts<br />

beyond the Minimum Funding Guarantee and any commitments for<br />

SEN and other budgets)<br />

b) The operation <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee (MFG) for<br />

2004/05. In particular, proposals to omit three factors from the<br />

calculations: SEN proxy, Specialist Resourced Provision and<br />

Closing Schools.<br />

c) Changes to the Fair Funding Formula for 2004/05. The following is a<br />

list <strong>of</strong> the proposed or possible changes for 2004/05:<br />

Primary<br />

• Increased weighting for social deprivation and turnover<br />

factors:<br />

• The use <strong>of</strong> Key Stage 1 data instead <strong>of</strong> baseline data for<br />

Foundation and Key Stage 1 pupils for Non-Statemented<br />

SEN funding and some changes to weightings.<br />

• Revisions to the proxy factor for high incidence SEN,<br />

• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />

for primary schools.<br />

Secondary<br />

• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a closing schools factor to allow for<br />

the arrangements associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns<br />

Community School.<br />

• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding through<br />

the proxy factor for high incidence SEN,<br />

• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />

for secondary schools.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 25


Special<br />

• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection<br />

for special schools.<br />

Nursery<br />

• Introduction <strong>of</strong> a formal delegated budget for McMillan<br />

Nursery, as a maintained nursery school.<br />

• The introduction <strong>of</strong> a place factor, nursery factor and<br />

nursery school factor for the first year as the basis <strong>of</strong><br />

allocating that delegated budget.<br />

d) Standards Fund take-up. The whole <strong>of</strong> the Advanced Skills Teachers<br />

grant is to be taken up on the basis that each school with an AST<br />

makes a voluntary contribution to create the matched funding. Also,<br />

within the School Development Grant the LEA proposes to retain<br />

certain elements as agreed by Schools Forum.<br />

e) Standards Fund distribution mechanisms. For the School<br />

Development Grant to allocate any excess beyond the minimum<br />

entitlement for each school on the basis <strong>of</strong> PLASC January 2004<br />

pupil numbers.<br />

f) Data used in the formula. Each school is asked to consider the data<br />

used in the formula and advise the School Finance Team <strong>of</strong><br />

instances where errors or omissions appear to have occurred.<br />

3. Feedback from Consultation (No 1).<br />

3.1 The Schools Forum considered the responses to the consultation paper<br />

and their views (as recorded in the draft minutes) are set out in Appendix 1.<br />

The rest <strong>of</strong> this paper sets out information regarding an updated position.<br />

4. Overall financial position<br />

4.1 The analysis in the December 2003 consultation paper identified that<br />

there was estimated to be £1.2m <strong>of</strong> unearmarked funding available within a<br />

passported Schools Budget for 2004/05. A number <strong>of</strong> items have changed in<br />

the preparation <strong>of</strong> detailed budgets (eg the calculation <strong>of</strong> minimum budgets<br />

using PLASC data for 2004 and some <strong>of</strong> the provisions for special needs<br />

budgets, in particular, have proven to be too prudent (ie we set aside too<br />

much). The amount <strong>of</strong> unearmarked funding available within a passported<br />

Schools Budget for 2004/05 is now in the region <strong>of</strong> £2.9m.<br />

4.2 Nonetheless, the Council is facing difficult choices in setting the overall<br />

budget for 2004/05 and it is still far from certain whether Members will be able<br />

to afford any growth beyond the minimum passporting requirement. Indeed,<br />

in some scenarios it might prove difficult for Members to even meet the<br />

passporting requirement. Before any final decisions are taken the Cabinet are<br />

due to issue a revised consultation on the Council’s budget at its meeting on<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 26


Thursday 12 th February 2004. Schools Forum has already made it clear what<br />

its views are on the level <strong>of</strong> school budgets, but Forum may wish to comment<br />

further. The Cabinet will meet again on Thursday 26 th February 2004 to<br />

recommend a budget to the full Council, which will meet later that evening to<br />

make final decisions.<br />

4.3 Budgets for schools overall will be considered at Cabinet on 4 th March<br />

2004, where the final arrangements for Fair Funding for 2004/05 and the<br />

allocation <strong>of</strong> the available funding for distribution will be agreed.<br />

4.4 The latest calculation <strong>of</strong> the amount to be passported for 2004/05 is set<br />

out in Table 1.<br />

Table 1: Calculation <strong>of</strong> passporting total 2004/05<br />

Schools Budget 2003/04, as per Section 52<br />

Statement Table 1 line 1.7<br />

£136.079m<br />

The increase in the FSS for schools<br />

+£8.431m<br />

The increase in the Excellence in Cities grant<br />

+£0.059m<br />

The increase in LSC grant for Post 16<br />

+£1.230m<br />

Target total to meet passporting requirement<br />

2004/05 £145.799m<br />

4.5 The detailed review <strong>of</strong> commitments and the preparation <strong>of</strong> detailed draft<br />

budgets has identified some changes to the overall financial position. To<br />

provide a passported budget, the Schools Budget is currently estimated to<br />

have £2.896m uncommitted (as set out in Table 2). This figure will fluctuate if<br />

the data changes within the draft schools budgets (eg any changes in pupil<br />

numbers will directly impact on the Minimum Funding Guarantee)<br />

Table 2: Consideration <strong>of</strong> commitments for 2004/05<br />

Devolved Retained Total<br />

2003/04 Section 52 125,454,541 10,624,459 136,079,000<br />

Minimum 4% budget increases and natural<br />

inflation on retained budgets 5,210,309 273,513 5,483,822<br />

Increases in LSC funding 1,139,649 90,205 1,229,854<br />

Changes to SEN (estimated) 0 (35,217) (35,217)<br />

Changes to Standards Funds (145,859) 0 (145,859)<br />

Final tranche <strong>of</strong> funding for 3 Year Olds 70,000 70,000<br />

EiC increase 59,000 0 59,000<br />

Budget pressure in Early Years Centres 173,000 173,000<br />

Windfall arising from Evelyns City Academy 500,000 500,000<br />

Remainder to schools 2,386,253 2,386,253<br />

Total 2004/05 (current DfES control total) 134,603,894 11,195,960 145,799,854<br />

4.6 The first consultation paper asked whether it was appropriate for the LEA<br />

to increase the retained element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget by more than the<br />

devolved element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget. The clear answer from schools was<br />

no. Some <strong>of</strong> the figures have changed, in particular the detailed estimates for<br />

SEN and for Early Years. The calculation in Table 3 identifies that the<br />

increase in retained budgets would be less than that for devolved budgets.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 27


Given that increases attributable to matched funding for the Standards Fund<br />

and Early Years do not count against the excess, it does not appear that this<br />

is now a problem. Appendix 2 identifies what the components <strong>of</strong> the retained<br />

element <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget are.<br />

Table 3: Calculation <strong>of</strong> devolved v retained budget increases.<br />

Devolved Retained Total<br />

Budgets 2003/04 125,454,541 10,624,459 136,079,000<br />

less LSC devolved funding -11,575,000 -1,293,000 (12,868,000)<br />

Less DfES adjustment for new City<br />

Academy -947,678 0 (947,678)<br />

Revised budget 2003/04 112,931,863 9,331,459 122,263,322<br />

Forecast budgets 2004/05 134,603,894 11,195,960 145,799,854<br />

less LSC devolved funding (12,714,469) (1,383,205) (14,097,674)<br />

Revised forecast budget 2004/05 121,889,425 9,812,755 131,702,180<br />

Increase 7.93% 5.16% 7.72%<br />

4.7 Levels <strong>of</strong> funding for sectors have not been determined, as final decisions<br />

are yet to be made. Draft budgets are set out in the annexes relevant to<br />

individual sectors. The introduction <strong>of</strong> the Minimum Funding Guarantee<br />

overrides the formula in most cases where levels <strong>of</strong> funding overall are below,<br />

at or just above the overall level <strong>of</strong> the MFG. As funding increases, fewer<br />

schools are funded by the MFG and more by the formula. This <strong>of</strong> course<br />

means that, for some schools, additional funding might not produce any<br />

additional funding for their school and this ought to be borne in mind<br />

when setting budgets.<br />

4.8 The Schools Forum at it meeting on 22 nd January 2004 advised Cabinet<br />

that the per pupil funding position for each sector for 2004/05 should be at the<br />

Outer <strong>London</strong> mean and that for future years Cabinet should increase beyond<br />

that to reflect the higher costs in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools. Primary schools are at<br />

the lower end <strong>of</strong> the Outer <strong>London</strong> mean, whereas secondary schools are<br />

broadly at the Outer <strong>London</strong> mean. The implication <strong>of</strong> the Schools Forum<br />

resolution is that any funding that is available for 2004/05 should be<br />

allocated to primary schools. Officers intend to recommend to Cabinet<br />

that this happen.<br />

4.9 So, for primary schools, indicative levels <strong>of</strong> funding have been given in<br />

increments <strong>of</strong> £0.5m up to £2.5m beyond the MFG level to assist schools in<br />

understanding how their budget is likely to be affected by different levels <strong>of</strong><br />

increase to the primary sector.<br />

4.10 Funding for special educational needs in mainstream schools is<br />

critically important and further work has been done to establish the<br />

appropriate level <strong>of</strong> support required for 2004/05. Table 4 sets out what the<br />

original assumptions were for assessing the appropriate level <strong>of</strong> funding for<br />

the proxy factor for 2003/04.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 28


Table 4: Funding levels for proxy high incidence SEN factor 2003/04<br />

Original 2003/04 Primary Secondary Total<br />

New statements 280,000 70,000 350,000<br />

Year 7s (7/12ths) 105,000 105,000<br />

280,000 175,000 455,000<br />

4.11 In reviewing the requirements for 2004/05, <strong>of</strong>ficers considered the<br />

average number <strong>of</strong> new high incidence statements agreed in the three years<br />

prior to 1 st April 2003. Account was taken <strong>of</strong>:<br />

• the proportion <strong>of</strong> statements which previously would have been<br />

regarded as high incidence, but for 2004/05 will be included in the low<br />

incidence category.<br />

• the average value <strong>of</strong> a high incidence statement, based on the funding<br />

for those statements which continue to be funded on a per pupil basis;<br />

and<br />

• the actual Year 6 pupils moving to Year 7 in a mainstream school (not<br />

SRP) for both September 2003 and September 2004.<br />

4.12 Table 5 sets out the calculations for 2004/05. Within these totals, there<br />

are half a dozen or so pupils in Year 6, moving to Year 7 in September 2004<br />

and in the current Year 7, where their “high incidence” statement would qualify<br />

as low incidence under the statementing criteria for 2004/05. Individual<br />

schools will be consulted on the appropriateness <strong>of</strong> this for the individual<br />

pupils. When these details are finalised the funding for the proxy factor will be<br />

reduced and the amount for the individual statemented pupil funding for low<br />

incidence statements will be increased.<br />

Table 5: Calculation <strong>of</strong> funding needed for high incidence SEN proxy 2004/05<br />

New 2004/05 Primary Secondary Total<br />

Full-year effect <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 new statements 578,269 111,923 690,192<br />

Provision for new statements 2004/05 289,135 55,962 345,096<br />

Full-year effect <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 Year 7s 200,000 200,000<br />

Provision for new Year 7s (7/12ths) 130,000 130,000<br />

Uprated to 2004/05 prices (+4%) 34,696 19,915 54,612<br />

902,100 517,800 1,419,900<br />

4.13 Within the Schools Budget the funding for high and low incidence SEN<br />

and statemented pupils is summarised in Table 6. Funding for special needs<br />

continues to increase significantly faster than the rate <strong>of</strong> inflation. What Table<br />

6 demonstrates is that there are more resources available to all schools to<br />

deal with special needs. It is hoped that these significant increases will allay<br />

some <strong>of</strong> the fears that many heads had about the pattern <strong>of</strong> funding for the<br />

proxy SEN factor in particular. Moreover, <strong>of</strong>ficers would hope that schools<br />

can use their resource for the needs in their own schools, as well as perhaps<br />

in clusters or in learning partnerships, if the levels <strong>of</strong> funding are considered to<br />

be worth pooling.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 29


Table 6: Comparison <strong>of</strong> schools SEN funding 2003/04 v 2004/05<br />

Component<br />

Section 52<br />

2003/04<br />

Draft<br />

2004/05 Difference<br />

High incidence protected per pupil 2,346,242 1,952,069 -394,173<br />

High incidence proxy SEN 455,000 1,419,900 964,900<br />

Low incidence SEN 1,262,758 1,567,666 304,908<br />

Specialist Resourced Provision 1,029,966 1,411,747 381,781<br />

Special Schools 6,304,268 6,556,888 252,620<br />

TOTAL 11,398,234 12,908,270 1,510,036<br />

5. Minimum Funding Guarantee<br />

5.1 The minimum funding guarantee includes the Section 52 budget for<br />

2003/04 for each school, including any Additional Budget Support Grant for<br />

2003/04 (<strong>of</strong> which there was none for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> in 2003/04) and excludes:<br />

• class size funding<br />

• rates funding<br />

• prior year adjustments<br />

• funding with respect to individual named pupils (eg high incidence<br />

protected or low incidence per pupil funding)<br />

• newly qualified teachers funding.<br />

5.2 LEAs may apply to the DfES for permission to exclude other factors from<br />

the calculation where the inclusion <strong>of</strong> them might cause difficulties locally.<br />

Officers have identified three areas where it is believed that it would be more<br />

practical to exclude them, than leave them in the calculations for the Minimum<br />

Funding Guarantee. These are:<br />

• Proxy SEN factor for pupils with high incidence SEN;<br />

• Factors used to distribute funding for Specialist Resourced Provision;<br />

and<br />

• Funding for the proposed new factor for “Closing Schools” in the<br />

secondary sector (which is only proposed for one year to take account<br />

<strong>of</strong> the arrangements for the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community School).<br />

5.3 If the two special needs elements above were included in the MFG<br />

calculations, any increase in these would be netted <strong>of</strong>f against any reductions<br />

elsewhere in the formula and the school would stand a chance <strong>of</strong> not seeing<br />

any benefit <strong>of</strong> the additional SEN resource. Excluding the funding from the<br />

MFG avoids this circumstance arising.<br />

5.4 For the third item on closing schools, schools will recall that this is a<br />

proposed new factor to take account <strong>of</strong> the large deficit which falls to the LEA<br />

when Evelyns closes at the end <strong>of</strong> August 2004 and Stockley Academy<br />

opens. The funding is available for this in the one-<strong>of</strong>f windfall arising with the<br />

FSS for 2004/05, which will also allow £0.5m <strong>of</strong> additional growth for other<br />

schools that otherwise would not exist. Nonetheless, the technicalities <strong>of</strong><br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 30


dealing with the deficit are such that it is more practical to have it as a formula<br />

factor for one year, rather than retain the funding in an expanded contingency<br />

fund. To include it in the MFG calculations would not be comparing like-withlike.<br />

Given that it is a one-<strong>of</strong>f adjustment, it seems more straightforward to<br />

keep it outside the MFG calculations.<br />

6. Formula Factors<br />

Primary<br />

6.1 The LEA proposes to make four changes to the arrangements for the<br />

primary formula for 2004/05.<br />

a) Increased weighting for social deprivation factor. Consistent with<br />

proposals set out in consultation for 2003/04, the LEA proposes to<br />

continue to increase the amount <strong>of</strong> funding distributed through the<br />

social deprivation factor by 1% a year to reach the proportion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

FSS for Primary which is distributed on Additional Educational Needs<br />

indices (8.4% for 2004/05). For 2003/04 6.4% <strong>of</strong> the net budget for<br />

primary schools (ie excluding statemented pupil funding and<br />

Standards Fund grants) was distributed on social deprivation indices.<br />

The MFG distorts the amount being distributed on social deprivation<br />

and other factors, if the level <strong>of</strong> funding overall is less than, at or (for<br />

some schools) moderately more than the level <strong>of</strong> the MFG.<br />

Nonetheless, the weightings for the social deprivation factor will be<br />

increased by 61% (all other things being equal, this would increase the<br />

2003/04 allocations from £0.676m to £1.088m) and the weightings for<br />

the turnover factor will be increased by 100% (all other things being<br />

equal, this would increase the 2003/04 allocations from £0.150m to<br />

£0.300m).<br />

b) Replacement <strong>of</strong> baseline data for Foundation and Key Stage 1 pupils<br />

for Non-Statemented SEN funding with the use <strong>of</strong> the last four year’s<br />

Key Stage 1 data where pupils have not attained level 2c in Reading.<br />

The weightings for Foundation / Key Stage 1 to be 0.83, compared to<br />

1.0 for Key Stage 2 pupils.<br />

The methodology for 2004/05 will be:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 31


Table 7: Basis <strong>of</strong> distributing Non-Statemented SEN funding 2004/05<br />

Nursery, Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data.<br />

Reception, Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> pupils not achieving 2C or below in the last<br />

Years 1 and 2 four years.<br />

Weighting: 0.83 (ie the sum <strong>of</strong> Nursery (0.5), Reception (0.83),<br />

Year 1 (1.0) and Year 2 (1.0), divided by 4)<br />

Years 3 to 6 Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data<br />

Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> current pupils not achieving 2C or below<br />

Weighting: 1.0 (ie the sum <strong>of</strong> Year 3 (1.0), Year 4 (1.0), Year 5<br />

(1.0) and Year 6 (1.0), divided by 4)<br />

Discussions with primary colleagues led to a debate about the most<br />

appropriate set <strong>of</strong> KS1 data to use for the SEN factors. There was<br />

some debate about whether KS1 Writing, Reading or Maths should be<br />

used. The proposals all use Reading, which is similar to the<br />

arrangements for secondary schools, which use an NFER reading test.<br />

c) Revision to the proxy factor for high incidence SEN, such that 90%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the funding be distributed on the same Key Stage 1 data as in the<br />

Non-Statemented SEN factor above, but that Nursery, Reception and<br />

Year 1 pupils be given a supplementary weighting <strong>of</strong> 1.5, to mirror the<br />

arrangements in the per pupil allocations for pupils with statements.<br />

Table 8: Basis <strong>of</strong> distributing Proxy High Incidence SEN funding 2004/05<br />

Nursery, Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data.<br />

Reception, Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> pupils not achieving 2C or below in the last<br />

Years 1 and 2 four years.<br />

Weighting: Nursery (0.75), Reception (1.25), Year 1 (1.5) and<br />

Year 2 (1.0)<br />

Years 3 to 6 Data source: Key stage 1 Reading test data<br />

Calculation: number <strong>of</strong> current pupils not achieving 2C or below<br />

Weighting: Year 3 (1.0), Year 4 (1.0), Year 5 (1.0) and Year 6<br />

(1.0)<br />

The remaining 10% <strong>of</strong> the funding to be distributed on the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> pupils eligible for Free School Meals. That number to be<br />

calculated on the basis <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> pupils in Reception to Year 6<br />

eligible for free school meals on January 2004 PLASC day, divided by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> Reception to Year 6s pupils on that day, multiplied by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> full-time equivalent pupils enrolled at the school on that<br />

day.<br />

A minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding be introduced for the proxy factor for<br />

high incidence SEN, representing the 2003/04 allocation plus 4%.<br />

d) Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection for primary<br />

schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum Funding<br />

Guarantee (MFG) to operate. Schools are entitled to the higher <strong>of</strong> the<br />

formula allocation (for the comparable factors) and the MFG.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 32


6.2 Some primary schools raised the issue <strong>of</strong> reverting to the historic<br />

approach to funding Newly Qualified Teachers, with updates <strong>of</strong> funding each<br />

month for any changes to the numbers <strong>of</strong> teachers. It is not proposed to<br />

revert to this method as it would run counter to the principles <strong>of</strong> having as<br />

much funding as possible in schools’ budgets on 1 st April and <strong>of</strong> encouraging<br />

schools as much as possible to consider their revenue budget as a single<br />

resource, rather than individual components.<br />

6.3 Discussions with primary colleagues led to a brief consideration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

possible use <strong>of</strong> ACORN data, instead <strong>of</strong> free school meals eligibility data for<br />

the high incidence SEN proxy factor for 2004/05. Officers did not have<br />

sufficient information available in time to use them for 2004/05, but would<br />

expect this to be considered carefully for use in future years.<br />

6.4 The Primary Forum response to the first consultation paper noted the<br />

outcomes <strong>of</strong> the work <strong>of</strong> the Foundation Stage Working Group and asked that<br />

the LEA set out its intentions on this and the arrangements for SEN proxy<br />

factors, such that schools and the LEA are clear <strong>of</strong> the direction <strong>of</strong> travel by<br />

September 2004. Officers are working on a timetable and this will be<br />

discussed through the Strategic Advisory Groups.<br />

Secondary<br />

6.5 There are three proposed changes for the secondary school formula:<br />

a) The introduction <strong>of</strong> a closing schools factor to allow for the<br />

arrangements associated with the closure <strong>of</strong> Evelyns Community<br />

School and the opening <strong>of</strong> Stockley Academy at the end <strong>of</strong> August<br />

2004. This would be a lump sum for every school due to close before<br />

1 st September 2004. This is the mechanism preferred by <strong>of</strong>ficers to<br />

deal with the deficit at Evelyns. As set out earlier in this paper the<br />

funding is available for this in the one-<strong>of</strong>f windfall arising with the FSS<br />

for 2004/05, which will also allow £0.5m <strong>of</strong> additional growth for other<br />

schools that otherwise would not exist. The alternative is to provide<br />

for the deficit in the contingency fund.<br />

b) The introduction <strong>of</strong> a minimum level <strong>of</strong> funding through the proxy<br />

factor for high incidence SEN, representing the numbers <strong>of</strong> pupils in<br />

Year 7 in January 2004 with high incidence statements (according to<br />

2004/05 statementing criteria) multiplied by 1.583 (ie one year and 7<br />

months), multiplied by half <strong>of</strong> the average value <strong>of</strong> a high incidence<br />

statement. This responds to the concerns <strong>of</strong> some schools where<br />

they were admitting pupils with high incidence statements, but their<br />

level <strong>of</strong> funding was significantly less than previously.<br />

c) Introduction <strong>of</strong> a factor providing minimum protection for secondary<br />

schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum Funding<br />

Guarantee to operate.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 33


6.6 The <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Secondary Headteachers asked that two<br />

changes be made to the funding formula for 2004/05.<br />

6.7 The first was that the OFSTED Free School Meal bands be used<br />

instead <strong>of</strong> the average Free School Meal eligibility for the social deprivation<br />

factor. Officers have no problem in principle with this alternative approach<br />

and would be prepared to consult separately on this change. Unfortunately,<br />

there has not been the opportunity for further discussion on how this change<br />

might work, so no alternative models have been developed. If secondary<br />

schools are funded at or very close to the MFG, any change in the social<br />

deprivation factor is likely to be cosmetic (ie most schools would continue to<br />

be funded at the MFG level). Regrettably, there is little time to develop<br />

models at this stage and it may be best to consider the use <strong>of</strong> OFSTED FSM<br />

bands alongside the ACORN data for 2005/06 and beyond.<br />

6.8 The second was that the fixed factor should be reduced in 2004/05 to<br />

80% <strong>of</strong> the absolute value <strong>of</strong> that factor for 2003/04, then to 50% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

absolute 2003/04 value for 2005/06 and for the factor to disappear completely<br />

in 2006/07. This proposal was put forward with no explanation as to the<br />

reasoning behind it and it was acknowledged that the proposal had not yet<br />

been formally endorsed by HASH at their meeting in January 2004. No<br />

further information has been provided about either the status <strong>of</strong> or the<br />

rationale for such a change.<br />

6.9 Officers would have concerns about a proposal which removed protection<br />

for the smallest secondary schools without some analysis <strong>of</strong> the impact that it<br />

would have, the reasoning behind it and the evidence that demonstrated the<br />

reasonableness <strong>of</strong> funding a school <strong>of</strong> 1,700 and a school <strong>of</strong> 450 with no<br />

account taken <strong>of</strong> the different proportions <strong>of</strong> fixed to variable costs. If<br />

secondary schools believe that this, collectively, is appropriate in principle,<br />

this ought to be considered in more detail for 2005/06. The MFG may prove<br />

to be a barrier to introducing a phased withdrawal <strong>of</strong> this factor as the impact<br />

<strong>of</strong> it may not be experienced by schools in the way that the initial phasing<br />

intended.<br />

Special<br />

6.10 The only proposal is to introduce a factor providing minimum<br />

protection for special schools. This factor is necessary to allow the Minimum<br />

Funding Guarantee to operate.<br />

Nursery<br />

6.11 It is a requirement that the Governing Bodies <strong>of</strong> maintained nursery<br />

schools are consulted on two issues for the first time for April 2004.<br />

6.12 The first is the determination <strong>of</strong> a delegated budget for the school<br />

within the Fair Funding scheme. Currently, maintained nursery schools (ie<br />

McMillan Nursery in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>) are not part <strong>of</strong> Fair Funding.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 34


6.13 The second is to introduce a formula for the school. It is proposed<br />

that the place factors and nursery factor for McMillan be the same as those for<br />

similar sized nursery classes in maintained primary and infant schools, and<br />

that a lump sum factor be added to recognise the responsibilities <strong>of</strong> a<br />

separate infant school.<br />

7. Standards Funds – Take up <strong>of</strong> grants<br />

Advanced Skills Teachers<br />

7.1 Schools Forum recommended that schools with Advanced Skills<br />

Teachers be invited to make a voluntary contribution to the matched funding<br />

for the Standards Fund for 2004/05. They recommended that, should a single<br />

school in a sector choose not to buy back, that the grant not be taken up at all<br />

for that sector. It is proposed to adopt this method for funding ASTs for<br />

2004/05.<br />

School Development Grant<br />

7.4 The proposals for the split between the retained and devolved amounts <strong>of</strong><br />

the Schools Development Grant are to be consistent with the<br />

recommendations <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum. Of the £0.416m which the LEA wished<br />

to retain for a range <strong>of</strong> on-going SEN initiatives, £35k for the Schools SEN<br />

Training Programme is to be devolved to schools. Of the £93k for the support<br />

staff training and development component, funding is to be retained for<br />

primary schools, but devolved for secondary and special schools.<br />

8. Standards Funds – distribution issues<br />

8.1 Standards Funds will be distributed on the basis required by the DfES in<br />

the first instance (eg where a minimum level <strong>of</strong> budget must be provided) or,<br />

in the absence <strong>of</strong> that, on the basis used in 2003/04.<br />

8.2 For that part <strong>of</strong> the School Development Grant in excess <strong>of</strong> the<br />

minimum required, this will be distributed on the basis <strong>of</strong> the PLASC January<br />

2004 full-time equivalent pupil numbers.<br />

9. Data in the draft budgets<br />

9.1 Schools are invited to check the data used for their school and to alert the<br />

School Finance Team <strong>of</strong> any errors or omissions. There are some aspects to<br />

the data to which schools need to pay particular attention:<br />

a) Nursery sizes. Where there is evidence <strong>of</strong> a significant variation<br />

between the actual number <strong>of</strong> pupils enrolled for a nursery class and<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> places for which that nursery is funded, the LEA will<br />

propose to increase or decrease the size <strong>of</strong> the funding. The schools<br />

identified below are ones where <strong>of</strong>ficers have identified such<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 35


variances and this consultation paper is the mechanism being used to<br />

both alert those schools <strong>of</strong> the proposed change and to consult them<br />

on their views, prior to a final decision being taken.<br />

Table 9: Schools where nursery funding is proposed to change.<br />

School Current Place<br />

Size<br />

Proposed<br />

place size<br />

September<br />

2004<br />

Likely change in<br />

funding in a full<br />

year<br />

(decease)/increase<br />

Belmore 45 fte places 40 fte places (£28,062)<br />

Bourne 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />

Charville 45 fte places 35 fte places (£30,161)<br />

Field End Infant 50 fte places 60 fte places £12,887<br />

Glebe 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />

Guru Nanak Primary 15 fte places - (£58,193)<br />

Hermitage 20 fte places 15 fte places (£2,097)<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> 35 fte places 30 fte places (£19,410)<br />

Rabbsfarm 20 fte places 25 fte places £2,099<br />

St Bernadettes 30 fte places 25 fte places (£2,097)<br />

b) Per pupil statemented allocations. Schools are asked to consider<br />

these carefully and to identify any instances where pupils are no<br />

longer at the school or where the category or year group is not<br />

appropriate. Please alert the Special Needs Team if you have any<br />

queries on this matter.<br />

c) Post 16 Funding. The figures in the draft for secondary schools<br />

reflect those provided by the Learning and Skills Council. There is<br />

certainly a query regarding the information provided for Evelyns<br />

School, but other schools may have other issues. Discussions with<br />

the LSC directly may resolve any queries, otherwise contact the<br />

School Finance Team.<br />

d) Ethnic Minority Achievement Grant. The revised data from PLASC<br />

2004 is not yet available. Illustrations will be despatched to schools<br />

shortly.<br />

e) Minimum Funding Guarantee. Schools are asked to consider the<br />

calculation here very carefully as in many cases it is this calculation<br />

which will drive the level <strong>of</strong> the budget, rather than some <strong>of</strong> the other<br />

components <strong>of</strong> the pure formula.<br />

f) Key Stage 1 attainment data. Key Stage 1 data is to be used as a<br />

proxy for Foundation / Key Stage 1 pupils in infant / primary schools,<br />

as well as for Key Stage 2 pupils in junior / primary schools.<br />

For infant / primary schools the data should reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the<br />

pupils who sat the tests when they were in that school over the last<br />

four years. That is what the draft budgets reflect.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 36


For junior / primary schools the data should reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the<br />

pupils who are currently in Key Stage 2. Currently, the draft budgets<br />

reflect the scores <strong>of</strong> the pupils who attended the school in the year<br />

immediately following the one they took the test. The final budgets<br />

will update the data to reflect the pupil pr<strong>of</strong>ile now. This is only likely<br />

to result in significant change where the pupil pr<strong>of</strong>ile is radically<br />

different to the one previously, due to pupil turnover.<br />

10. Timetable<br />

10.1 Timescales are short, but the issues have been considered previously<br />

by schools in the first consultation paper. Formal consultation responses are<br />

due by noon on Wednesday 25 th February 2004. This is so that the Schools<br />

Forum papers can be prepared and despatched in time for their meeting on<br />

3 rd March 2004. Schools may wish to convey key issues to their Schools<br />

Forum representatives.<br />

10.2 Officers will be attending the LEA headteachers meeting on 1 st March<br />

2004 and will discuss issues arising from this paper. Council will agree final<br />

budgets for all services at its meeting on 26 th February 2004.<br />

10.3 Cabinet will consider the arrangements for Fair Funding for 2004/05 and<br />

the allocation <strong>of</strong> budgets within the Schools Budget at its meeting on 4 th<br />

March 2004. The views <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum will be reported to Cabinet before<br />

they make final decisions.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 37


Appendix 1<br />

Extract from Draft Minutes <strong>of</strong> Schools Forum (22 nd January 2004), where<br />

they considered the issues raised in Consultation Paper (No1). Officer<br />

comments have been added in parenthesis.<br />

1. Are there any observations on the way in which it is proposed that minimum<br />

budgets for schools be calculated?<br />

No problems were identified at this stage.<br />

(Officers have identified modifications to the operation <strong>of</strong> the MFG which are<br />

the subject <strong>of</strong> consultation in this paper).<br />

2. What advice would schools give the LEA in determining priorities for the<br />

allocation <strong>of</strong> any growth which might exist within the available funding,<br />

beyond unavoidable commitments and other earmarked sums?<br />

Schools Forum endorsed the views <strong>of</strong> Primary Forum and <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Association <strong>of</strong> Secondary Headteachers that they were deeply concerned at<br />

the lack <strong>of</strong> movement to close the £1.2m gap between the Formula Spending<br />

Share and the Schools Budget.<br />

Schools Forum agreed that Cabinet be reminded that, at the Schools Forum<br />

meeting in February 2003, they asked that: “Cabinet gives a commitment<br />

to fund schools at the level <strong>of</strong> the FSS within three years”. Given that a<br />

year has passed, they would now expect the gap to be closed within two<br />

years. They strongly recommended that the £1.1m growth be included in<br />

this year’s budget as the first step in addressing parity with FSS by 2005/06.<br />

In considering the priorities for the estimated £1.2m headroom in the Schools<br />

Budget for 2004/05, Schools Forum agreed by 9 votes to 0, with 3<br />

abstentions, that:<br />

“Forum advises Cabinet that the per pupil funding position for each<br />

sector for 2004/05 should be at the Outer <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> mean and<br />

that for future years Cabinet should increase beyond that to reflect the<br />

higher costs in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools."<br />

It was recommended that any growth be distributed through age-weighted<br />

pupil factors.<br />

Schools Forum confirmed that they want <strong>of</strong>ficers to seek a dispassionate<br />

view <strong>of</strong> the report prepared by primary colleagues on the relative funding for<br />

primary and secondary schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, compared to other outer<br />

<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s. David Tully is to deal with this and report back.<br />

(Officers intend to recommend to Members that the whole <strong>of</strong> any available<br />

growth for 2004/05 go to Primary Schools).<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 38


3. The current calculations <strong>of</strong> the amount <strong>of</strong> funding likely to go to retained and<br />

devolved budgets within the Schools Budgets suggests that the retained<br />

element might increase by 1.2% more than the devolved element. If this<br />

situation were not to change, what would schools views be <strong>of</strong> the LEA<br />

applying to the Secretary <strong>of</strong> State for permission to increase retained<br />

elements in the Schools Budget by this amount in excess <strong>of</strong> the increase in<br />

the devolved elements in the Schools Budget?<br />

Schools Forum did not support the increase in retained elements <strong>of</strong> more<br />

than the increase in devolved elements within the Schools Budget. Members<br />

asked for further details <strong>of</strong> the components <strong>of</strong> the Schools Budget.<br />

(Officers indicate in the paper that this is no longer an issue.)<br />

4. All LEAs have access to a Universal Support Grant to assist schools in<br />

difficult financial circumstances. The grant is essentially an advance on the<br />

LEA’s funding for 2005/06. What are schools views on the principle <strong>of</strong><br />

accessing this grant at all? And, if there is no objection in principle to<br />

accessing the grant, what advice would schools wish to give the LEA on the<br />

circumstances in which it might be appropriate to allocate funding from this<br />

grant to individual schools in financial difficulties?<br />

Schools Forum did not support the LEA’s access to the Universal Support<br />

Grant.<br />

(Officers do not intend to take up the Universal Support Grant)<br />

5. What are schools views on the need for any changes to formula factors for<br />

2004/05? In particular, what aspects <strong>of</strong> the proxy based high incidence SEN<br />

funding arrangements need to change for 2004/05?<br />

Schools Forum supported the conclusions reached by Resources SAG the<br />

previous day on the issues <strong>of</strong> SEN funding. The Resources SAG outcomes<br />

had been reported as follows:<br />

“It was felt by Resources SAG that much more time needed to be invested by<br />

LEA <strong>of</strong>ficers on this issue. They felt that major changes could not take place<br />

for 2004/05, but that the LEA still had to put forward a firm proposal on how<br />

the arrangements would operate for 2004/05.<br />

It was agreed that there would be an urgent meeting <strong>of</strong>fered to primary<br />

headteachers (particularly those on Resources SAG and Inclusion SAG, but<br />

open to all) to explore the issues regarding the proxy factors. The LEA was<br />

asked to produce a timetable to identify what work needed to be done, what<br />

the plan for savings in the LEA being passed to schools was, and when it<br />

would be implemented. It was expected that a firm position about the future<br />

<strong>of</strong> mainstream SEN funding be resolved by September 2004.”<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 39


(Officers have had a meeting with primary colleagues and have put forward a<br />

firm proposal for 2004/05. A timetable for dealing with issues by September<br />

2004 will be considered at the next round <strong>of</strong> Strategic Advisory Group<br />

meetings. Consultation Paper (No 2) deals with proposed changes to<br />

formula factors.)<br />

6. The LEA is proposing to retain two elements <strong>of</strong> the School Development<br />

Grant for 2004/05 at the level <strong>of</strong> the retained funding for 2003/04 and for the<br />

type <strong>of</strong> expenditure incurred in 2003/04. What are schools’ views on this<br />

proposal? How ought the LEA to distribute any funding beyond the minimum<br />

increase for School Development Grant?<br />

Schools Forum supported the LEA’s proposals to retain funding for: SENJIT<br />

subscription (£8k); Speech and Language therapy pilots (£220k);<br />

Occupational therapy / physiotherapy (£43k); and the projects supporting<br />

inclusion (£40k), green paper (£40k), P scales (£20k) and the SEN<br />

component <strong>of</strong> the primary literacy strategy (£10k). This totals £381k.<br />

It was asked that the funding for projects be managed by the Head <strong>of</strong><br />

Inclusion / SEN and that a report be provided next year identifying how the<br />

funding was used and how effective it had been. It was also asked that a<br />

transparent approach be adopted in advertising the availability <strong>of</strong> funding and<br />

evaluating candidate projects.<br />

Schools Forum endorsed the Resources SAG view that the £35k for Schools<br />

SEN Training be devolved and that a sector specific approach be adopted for<br />

the £93k Support Staff Training and Development (ie special and secondary<br />

devolved, primary retained).<br />

(Officers have included the Schools Forum recommendations in Consultation<br />

Paper (No 2).)<br />

7. Are there any other observations <strong>of</strong> schools on the funding arrangements<br />

for 2004/05 which they want to bring to the attention <strong>of</strong> the LEA before final<br />

proposals are shaped?<br />

Schools Forum endorsed the approach agreed by Resources SAG that<br />

schools with ASTs be invited to make a voluntary contribution to the matched<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> ASTs. A sector based approach would be adopted in that all schools<br />

with ASTs in a sector would need to agree to payback the matched cost for<br />

the grant for the sector to be taken up.<br />

(Officers have proposed this method for funding ASTs.)<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 40


Appendix 2<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> Schools Budget 2003/04, split between devolved and retained<br />

Devolved Retained<br />

£'000 £'000<br />

1.0.1 Individual Schools Budget 121,349 0<br />

1.0.2 School Standards Grant 0 0<br />

1.0.3 Standards Fund allocation - revenue 1,733 0<br />

1.0.4<br />

Nursery School Funding (not nursery classes in<br />

primary schools) 235 0<br />

1.1.1 Provision for pupils with statements 0 1,271<br />

1.1.2 Specialist support; pupils with statements 0 0<br />

1.1.3 Specialist support; pupils without statements 0 740<br />

1.1.4<br />

Fees for pupils at independent special schools &<br />

abroad 0 4,316<br />

1.1.5 Collaboration and integration 0 0<br />

1.1.6 Inter-authority recoupment 0 433<br />

1.2.1 Pupil Referral Units 0 50<br />

1.2.2 Behaviour Support Implementation 0 0<br />

1.2.3 Education out <strong>of</strong> school 0 34<br />

1.2.4<br />

Nursery education provided other than in maintained<br />

nursery schools/classes 0 2,385<br />

1.3.1 School Meals - nursery, primary and special schools 0 0<br />

1.3.2 Free School Meals - eligibility 0 0<br />

1.3.3 Milk 0 0<br />

1.3.4 School Kitchens - repair and maintenance 0 0<br />

1.3.5<br />

Fees to independent schools for pupils without<br />

statements 0 0<br />

1.4.1 Insurance 0 0<br />

1.4.2 Museum services 0 0<br />

1.4.3 Library Services - nursery, primary and special schools 0 130<br />

1.4.4 School admissions 0 244<br />

1.4.5<br />

Licences/subscriptions (not more than 0.2% total net<br />

SB) 0 0<br />

1.4.6 School-specific contingencies 0 69<br />

1.4.7 Miscellaneous (not more than 0.1% total net SB) 0 54<br />

1.4.8 Servicing <strong>of</strong> schools forums 0 3<br />

1.4.9 Staff costs - supply cover (not sickness) 0 82<br />

1.4.10 Supply cover - long term sickness 0 0<br />

1.5.1 Standards Fund - Non-Devolved 0 813<br />

1.5.2 Non-Standards Fund specific grant 0 0<br />

1.5.3 Specific formula grant: Excellence in Cities (EiC) 1,484 0<br />

1.5.4 Performance Reward Grant 0 0<br />

1.6.1 Capital Expenditure from Revenue (CERA) 653 0<br />

1.7.1 TOTAL SCHOOLS BUDGET 125,455 10,625<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 41


CONTROLLED DRINKING ZONES – FORMAL<br />

DESIGNATION<br />

ITEM 3<br />

Contact Officer: David Brough<br />

Telephone: 01895 250636<br />

SUMMARY<br />

This report seeks confirmation <strong>of</strong> the areas <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> that are to be<br />

recommended to the full Council for designation for controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong><br />

alcohol.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

1. That, subject to 2 below, the Council be recommended to exercise its<br />

powers under the provisions <strong>of</strong> the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001<br />

(as amended) to designate the following areas as public places for the<br />

purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol:<br />

• Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />

• Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />

• Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />

• Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />

2. That the Cabinet note the responses to public consultation received up to<br />

the date <strong>of</strong> its meeting and any further responses received before the<br />

close <strong>of</strong> consultation on 17 th March be reported to the Council meeting on<br />

25 th March.<br />

REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

The Cabinet has previously decided to support the principle <strong>of</strong> designating the<br />

places listed in recommendation 1for the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong><br />

alcohol and it is now necessary to make a formal recommendation to the Council in<br />

the light <strong>of</strong> consultation with the Police and the public.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

The Council is not obliged to set up controlled drinking zones and has the option <strong>of</strong><br />

not proceeding with any or all <strong>of</strong> the proposals depending on the outcome <strong>of</strong><br />

consultation.<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

The Corporate Services Overview and Scrutiny Committee has not asked to<br />

comment on this subject.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 42


INFORMATION<br />

1. At the Cabinet meeting on 18 th December 2003 a report was received on the<br />

possible use <strong>of</strong> the Council’s powers to designate certain areas <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> as<br />

public places for the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol. The report<br />

highlighted that there were increasing problems in town centres and in a number <strong>of</strong><br />

parks and open spaces caused by the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol and that these could be<br />

addressed by the Police following designation <strong>of</strong> the areas concerned by the<br />

Council.<br />

2. It was noted that the Council has to consult with the Police, the public and<br />

affected licensees before designating an area. Once designated there is a power for<br />

a Constable to require a person to stop drinking and to hand over any open or<br />

unopened containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. There is not a total ban on drinking within the area<br />

concerned and the power is to deal with people who are creating a nuisance or<br />

annoyance to others or who are involved or likely to be involved in disorder.<br />

3. It was also noted that the local Police had already expressed support in principle<br />

for the designation <strong>of</strong> areas on a trial basis and that they believed it would contribute<br />

effectively to the community safety strategy.<br />

4. In the light <strong>of</strong> this information the Cabinet made the following decisions:<br />

(1) That approval in principle be given to the designation <strong>of</strong> the following places for<br />

the purposes <strong>of</strong> controlling the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol under the provisions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001:<br />

• Hayes Town Centre<br />

• Ruislip Town Centre ( including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />

• Uxbridge Town Centre<br />

• Botwell Recreation Ground Hayes<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />

(2) That the designation <strong>of</strong> the selected areas be subject to the following<br />

conditions:<br />

• Confirmation by the Police and the Council’s Community Safety Team that<br />

there is sufficient evidence <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related crime and anti-social<br />

behaviour to justify this course <strong>of</strong> action and<br />

• Agreement between the Council and the Police on the boundaries <strong>of</strong> each<br />

area to be designated.<br />

• Consultation with the public and with licensees and other retailers within the<br />

proposed control zones.<br />

(3) That the responses to public consultation be reported to the Cabinet meeting on<br />

4 th March 2004 with a view to recommendations being made to the full Council<br />

on 25 th March for the formal designation <strong>of</strong> the selected areas.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 43


(4) That the operation <strong>of</strong> the zones be monitored and reviewed after 6 months’<br />

operation and, if successful, additional proposals be brought forward for the<br />

designation <strong>of</strong> further areas subject to adequate evidence and resources for<br />

implementation and enforcement.<br />

5. At the December Cabinet meeting a request was made from the Leader <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Liberal Democrat Group that Ruislip Manor should be added to the list <strong>of</strong> designated<br />

areas and the Leader <strong>of</strong> the Council agreed that this should be investigated. When<br />

considering the decisions sheet at a subsequent meeting on 15 th January 2004 it<br />

was agreed that this area should be added.<br />

6. In accordance with the second resolution set out above there has been<br />

consultation between the Council and the Police and there have also been<br />

discussions about the boundaries to be adopted so that the chances <strong>of</strong> moving<br />

problems into an adjoining area can be minimised. The outcome <strong>of</strong> these<br />

discussions is set out below and plans <strong>of</strong> the proposed areas are enclosed with this<br />

report<br />

Data from the Custody Database, CADMIS Disorder and Parks Patrol during 2003<br />

Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />

Custody Type Custody CADMIS Disorder CADMIS Disorder Parks Patrol<br />

Drunk and Disorderly 64 Type 34: Drunkenness 162 4<br />

Drunk in public place 10<br />

Drunk on licensed premises 8<br />

Disorderly conduct/behaviour 13 Type 26: Disturbance - public 537<br />

Total 95 699 4 798<br />

Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />

Drunk and Disorderly 25 Type 34: Drunkenness 9<br />

Drunk in public place 5<br />

Drunk on licensed premises 1<br />

Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 73<br />

Total 32 82 0 114<br />

Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />

Drunk and Disorderly 1 Type 34: Drunkenness 2<br />

Drunk in public place 0<br />

Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />

Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 16<br />

Total 2 18 0 20<br />

Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />

Drunk and Disorderly 2 Type 34: Drunkenness 1<br />

Drunk in public place 0<br />

Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />

Disorderly conduct/behaviour 1 Type 26: Disturbance - public 10<br />

Total 3 11 0 14<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />

Drunk and Disorderly 0 Type 34: Drunkenness 0 3<br />

Drunk in public place 0<br />

Drunk on licensed premises 0<br />

Disorderly conduct/behaviour 0 Type 26: Disturbance - public 8<br />

Total 0 8 3 11<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 44


Notes:<br />

(1) Custody - gives details <strong>of</strong> people arrested by Police and in Police Custody.<br />

(2) CADMIS (Computer Aided Dispatch Management Information System) – this is<br />

information from the telephone calls that the CAD room takes from the public<br />

(e.g. 999 calls).<br />

7. The <strong>of</strong>ficial data for the selected sites is in some cases lower than might be<br />

expected. It needs to be borne in mind that these records are based on those<br />

received through the computerised system and do not include calls to local Police<br />

Community Action Team Officers. In the case <strong>of</strong> Manor Farm Ruislip there has also<br />

been a petition and many complaints to the Council about vandalism and anti-social<br />

behaviour, some <strong>of</strong> which is related to the consumption <strong>of</strong> alcohol.<br />

8. Public consultation is currently taking place on the proposals and a copy <strong>of</strong> the<br />

consultation document is attached to this report. Letters have been sent to local<br />

residents associations and other groups. The Police are arranging the distribution <strong>of</strong><br />

copies to licensees and to local residents and the Uxbridge and Hayes Town Centre<br />

Managers are using their networks to collect views <strong>of</strong> businesses and other relevant<br />

organisations<br />

9. The legislation requires that a public notice is placed in a local newspaper<br />

circulating in the district and that 28 days are given for responses. The notice<br />

appeared in the Gazette on 18 th February and as a result the consultation period will<br />

not close until 17 th March. The Cabinet will be informed <strong>of</strong> responses received by<br />

the date <strong>of</strong> its meeting and a summary <strong>of</strong> later responses will be submitted to the<br />

Council meeting on 25 th March.<br />

CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

Financial Implications<br />

10. The report to the December 2003 meeting estimated that it would cost in the<br />

region <strong>of</strong> £10,000 to carry out the public consultation and to erect signs on the<br />

boundaries <strong>of</strong> the areas to be designated. This cost will be met from within the<br />

Community Safety budget.<br />

11. There will also be resource implications for the Parks Patrol Service in enforcing<br />

the provisions within those parks that are designated and they have been fully<br />

involved in the development <strong>of</strong> the proposals.<br />

Legal implications<br />

12. The Criminal Justice and Police Act 2002 (as amended) specifies various<br />

procedural steps that the Council must take before designating an area and these<br />

are set out in the report.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 45


Other consultations<br />

13. The Green Spaces Division <strong>of</strong> the Environmental Services Group initiated the<br />

first report to the Cabinet and have been involved in the follow up work.<br />

EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

14. The arrangements for consultations with the Police, licensees and the public are<br />

set out in the report.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

<strong>Report</strong> and decisions <strong>of</strong> Cabinet meeting 18 th December 2003<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 46


CONTROLLED DRINKING ZONES FOR HILLINGDON<br />

YOUR QUESTIONS ANSWERED<br />

What is being proposed?<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Council is proposing to create Controlled Drinking Zones in the following<br />

locations:<br />

• Hayes Town Centre (including Botwell Green)<br />

• Ruislip Town Centre (including Churchfield Gardens and Manor Farm)<br />

• Ruislip Manor (Victoria Road)<br />

• Uxbridge Town Centre (including Fassnidge Park)<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Court Park<br />

What is a Controlled Drinking Zone?<br />

The Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 (as amended) gives local Councils the<br />

power to make an Order designating a part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> as a public place in order<br />

to control the drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol in that area.<br />

Before designating an area the Council must be satisfied that there is sufficient<br />

nuisance, annoyance or disorder to justify its action and it must consult the Police,<br />

licensees, retailers and the public.<br />

Once an Order has been made a Constable can require a person to stop drinking in<br />

the designated area and to surrender any open or sealed containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. If<br />

the person refuses he or she may be arrested.<br />

What is the penalty if somebody refuses to stop drinking?<br />

A Constable may issue a £40 Fixed Penalty Notice to anybody who refuses to stop<br />

drinking or to hand over any open or sealed containers <strong>of</strong> alcohol. A person who<br />

refuses may be arrested and prosecuted with a fine <strong>of</strong> up to £500.<br />

Will it prevent drinking in pub gardens, pavement cafés and parks?<br />

No, this is not a total ban on drinking <strong>of</strong> alcohol in public. The power will be used<br />

only if a Constable believes that the person concerned is creating a nuisance or<br />

annoyance to others or is involved or likely to be involved in disorder<br />

Why is the Council proposing to introduce these Zones now?<br />

There have been increasing complaints from the public about the effects <strong>of</strong> drinking<br />

in public places. These include vandalism, excessive noise, abusive behaviour and<br />

the feeling <strong>of</strong> being unsafe, especially at night time. There are also problems in some<br />

areas with street drinkers in the day time.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 47


The new Licensing Act will abolish the current controls on licensing hours later this<br />

year and many pubs and clubs are likely to be opening for extended hours. Nobody<br />

knows what effect this will have and the introduction <strong>of</strong> Controlled Drinking Zones will<br />

help reduce any nuisance that may arise.<br />

Do the Police support what is proposed?<br />

Yes, the Police are keen to see this new power introduced for the same reasons as<br />

the Council.<br />

How have the locations been selected?<br />

The Council and the Police have looked at past crime figures and complaints from<br />

the public and have selected those places where there are most problems. Most <strong>of</strong><br />

the locations are town centres but there are also some parks. The operation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Zones will be monitored and if successful they will be extended to other Town<br />

Centres and parks where there are problems.<br />

Won’t the zones just shift the problems elsewhere?<br />

There is clearly a danger that the designation <strong>of</strong> an area will simply move the<br />

nuisance into another area. The drawing <strong>of</strong> the boundaries is therefore very<br />

important and this is one <strong>of</strong> the reasons that the proposals for Hayes, Ruislip and<br />

Uxbridge also include nearby parks. The Council and the Police would particularly<br />

welcome comments from members <strong>of</strong> the public on the proposed boundaries using<br />

their local knowledge.<br />

Isn’t this simply dealing with the symptoms <strong>of</strong> a much deeper problem?<br />

Stopping individuals from drinking in public on one occasion will deal only with that<br />

immediate situation. The introduction <strong>of</strong> these Zones is therefore linked with other<br />

measures by the Council and its partners to increase youth facilities, educate young<br />

people about the risks <strong>of</strong> binge drinking and <strong>of</strong>fer treatment for street drinkers who<br />

want to tackle their drink problems.<br />

What is the timetable for this to happen?<br />

Public consultation is open until 17 th March. A final decision will be made by the full<br />

Council meeting on 25 th March. If all goes to plan the new Zones will then be well in<br />

place for the summer.<br />

How do I make my views known?<br />

Please send your comments in writing to the Community Safety Team at the Civic<br />

Centre Uxbridge UB8 1UW or by email to mhankins@hillingdon.gov.uk Further<br />

information can be obtained by calling the Team on 01895 277295.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 48


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 49


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 50


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 51


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 52


PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 53


LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY FOR HILLINGDON ITEM 4<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: Trisha Grimshaw<br />

Telephone: 01895 50625<br />

This report introduces the proposed Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the action<br />

plan for its implementation.<br />

RECOMMENDATION<br />

That members endorse the Cultural Strategy and instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to implement<br />

the action plan.<br />

REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />

The report supports work to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> partnerships across services and with community partners. The<br />

adoption <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy will achieve Best Value Performance Plan indicator<br />

BV114, which in turn contributes to the CPA assessment.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

Members can decide not to approve or to amend the Cultural Strategy.<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

The Overview & Scrutiny Committee has not asked to comment on the report.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. In requiring local authorities to develop local cultural strategies, the Government<br />

asked local councils to work cross-sectorally in a partnership <strong>of</strong> services and with<br />

other external organisations and partners to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life for local<br />

communities.<br />

2. Initially the development <strong>of</strong> a local Cultural Strategy was a statutory requirement.<br />

Following the Government review <strong>of</strong> the range <strong>of</strong> plans required <strong>of</strong> local authorities,<br />

a Cultural Strategy is no longer a statutory planning document, however, an<br />

endorsed local Cultural Strategy remains a Best Value Performance Indicator.<br />

3. The vision for the Cultural Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong> was defined as follows:<br />

‘To help develop <strong>Hillingdon</strong> as a place in which residents can find fulfilment and<br />

achieve their potential as valued members <strong>of</strong> a community which embraces diversity<br />

and encourages active citizenship. Participating in cultural activities enhances quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> life, enriches mind and body, brings communities and generations together and<br />

has the power to transform peoples lives for the better’.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 54


4. Participating in cultural activities is for many people an essential part <strong>of</strong> their<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life - for some it is developing knowledge and skills or fitness and health, it<br />

is the building <strong>of</strong> social networks, the fostering <strong>of</strong> self-confidence and the sense <strong>of</strong><br />

well-being, the development <strong>of</strong> a sense <strong>of</strong> inclusion and prevention <strong>of</strong> feelings <strong>of</strong><br />

isolation. For others it is about celebrating their cultural traditions and history and<br />

sharing this with others both within their own communities and more broadly. Even<br />

small-scale cultural activities can have a major impact on the lives <strong>of</strong> individuals and<br />

local communities which can read through into the local economy and have<br />

beneficial social and regenerative effects.<br />

5. The Cultural Strategy supports key objectives and the short, medium and longer<br />

term targets set out in the Leader’s Statement, particularly in terms <strong>of</strong>:<br />

• A borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture<br />

• A council working in partnership with its communities and partners<br />

• A borough where opportunities are open to all<br />

• A cleaner, more pleasant borough<br />

6. Recent government policy documents continue to highlight the role expected <strong>of</strong><br />

sport, arts, libraries, and museums, galleries and archives, in supporting themes<br />

such as social inclusion by enabling people to realise their potential and contribute to<br />

the regeneration <strong>of</strong> a local community. It is the aim <strong>of</strong> this cultural strategy to<br />

maximise the opportunities for lifelong learning, putting people and groups in touch,<br />

helping people to engage with what is available, making connections, and supporting<br />

easier access.<br />

7. Cultural Strategy Format - attached as Appendix 1<br />

Section 1<br />

Section 2<br />

Section 3<br />

Section 4<br />

Appendix 2<br />

The case for culture<br />

Findings from surveys and consultation<br />

Local and national frameworks and research<br />

Themes, aims and priorities <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />

Cultural Strategy action plan<br />

Key themes <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />

8. The Cultural Strategy, set out in full in Section 4, has three main themes to give a<br />

clear focus on what is important for the borough and how these ambitions we will<br />

achieve our ambitions:<br />

A: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People – everyone should have the chance to enjoy and benefit from<br />

cultural opportunities.<br />

B: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places – the importance <strong>of</strong> our built and natural<br />

environments need to be promoted and opportunities provided for everyone to<br />

benefit from them now and into the future.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 55


C: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners – every organisation, whether in the public, voluntary or<br />

private sectors should have an active role in developing culture and improving our<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />

9. Each theme has a set <strong>of</strong> aims and priorities. The priorities for the Cultural<br />

Strategy are determined as follows:<br />

Theme A:<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />

• A1 Ensure better access for all by developing strategies and provision that<br />

meet the needs <strong>of</strong> groups that do not access or make little use <strong>of</strong> our cultural<br />

facilities and services.<br />

• A2 Promote cultural activity that celebrates our diverse communities and<br />

develops greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the borough's rich cultural inheritance.<br />

• A3 Work positively with the voluntary sector and the volunteers who provide<br />

a wealth and variety <strong>of</strong> local sports, music, visual arts, drama, heritage,<br />

environmental and other activity alongside the services provided by the Council.<br />

• A4 Improve our communication with local communities helping to ensure<br />

that they have access to information about the cultural activities and<br />

opportunities available.<br />

• A5 Ensure culture improves life opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />

community, working with partners in education, health and other sectors to<br />

improve individual and community opportunities and well-being.<br />

Theme B: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places<br />

• B1 Widen access to and enhance the opportunities to benefit from<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural spaces and places so that everyone can enjoy <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />

considerable assets.<br />

• B2 Work to improve the quality and range <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities available to<br />

our residents and try to ensure that we can respond in relevant and exciting<br />

ways to changing and developing needs for cultural expression.<br />

• B3 Ensure we provide a range <strong>of</strong> appropriate facilities for children and<br />

young people that are attractive to them and that we create safe environments<br />

for children and young people, particularly those who may feel excluded for<br />

whatever reason.<br />

• B4 Support initiatives to preserve and enhance our natural and built heritage<br />

seeking to maximise community access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our heritage<br />

whilst preserving it for future generations.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 56


Theme C: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners<br />

• C1 Work with other cultural providers to help deliver the Cultural Strategy’s<br />

priorities and to ensure a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for cultural development to help meet the<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life objectives for the borough.<br />

• C2 Extend working links between cultural providers and services and<br />

education, youth, health, environmental, community, and other agencies to<br />

ensure that culture can play its full role in individual and community<br />

development.<br />

• C3 Enhance the community role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities as key points for<br />

contact, information and communication as well as spaces enabling enjoyment<br />

and access to a range <strong>of</strong> leisure, educational, entertainment and cultural<br />

activities.<br />

10. The Cultural Strategy identifies the main areas <strong>of</strong> work required to deliver these<br />

priorities and these tasks/actions are further detailed in the action plan set out in<br />

Appendix 2.<br />

The Development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy<br />

11. In 2002, <strong>of</strong>ficers began work on the Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services<br />

(arts, leisure, libraries, music and the youth services) and individual Best Value<br />

reviews <strong>of</strong> these services. The programme included a wide-ranging agenda <strong>of</strong><br />

consultation over several months covering general cultural issues, service specific<br />

consultation with the users <strong>of</strong> services, open events and consultation with the<br />

Citizens Panel.<br />

12. The Cultural Strategy is based on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> this work. The Best Value<br />

Review identified five key development themes which have been taken through into<br />

the Cultural Strategy.<br />

• Working together and with the community to deliver better services and<br />

ensuring we work closely with and support the voluntary sector<br />

• Increasing access to our cultural services by ensuring they are relevant and<br />

available to all sectors <strong>of</strong> our community<br />

• Improving the marketing <strong>of</strong> our services so we are better informed <strong>of</strong> need and<br />

can provide better information on what is available<br />

• Improving buildings and facilities including those not included in major new<br />

developments<br />

• Working together to improve services for young people and to meet their<br />

particular needs.<br />

13. Building on the outcomes <strong>of</strong> this Best Value Review agreed by Cabinet in June<br />

2003, a programme <strong>of</strong> interviews with key partners was completed during the<br />

summer. Meetings with young people and minority communities were arranged.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 57


14. A meeting was then held with representatives <strong>of</strong> services, voluntary agencies<br />

and a range <strong>of</strong> partners to view the evidence collected thus far and to enable<br />

participation in a analysis <strong>of</strong> the way forward for <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. The first draft <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Cultural Strategy was then circulated widely and the views and responses received<br />

incorporated. A seminar was held for elected members in October 2003 on the<br />

second draft <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy and some further refinements made.<br />

15. During the autumn 2003, further meetings and discussions have been held to<br />

explore particular aspects <strong>of</strong> the strategy. Cross-service planning events have been<br />

held to support further exploration <strong>of</strong> collaborative working to deliver some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

priorities <strong>of</strong> the Strategy, to secure commitment to undertaking this work and build<br />

the projects into service plans.<br />

Links to Other Council Plans and Strategies<br />

16. The Cultural Strategy underpins and links into many <strong>of</strong> the strategies and plans<br />

<strong>of</strong> the authority, including:<br />

• Library Service Position Statement<br />

• Green Spaces Strategy<br />

• Education Development Plan 2<br />

• Community Safety Strategy<br />

• Transforming Youth Work plan (draft)<br />

• Arts and Leisure Services team plans<br />

17. These plans already include strategies, projects and programmes <strong>of</strong> work that<br />

support and enhance the cultural life <strong>of</strong> the borough. The Cultural Strategy<br />

examines where services and partners can work collaboratively together in a joinedup<br />

way to create new opportunities, widen access and broaden participation and<br />

address needs <strong>of</strong> all parts <strong>of</strong> the community.<br />

18. The Cultural Strategy identifies the need for a fundamental revision <strong>of</strong> the Sport<br />

and Recreation Strategy and the creation <strong>of</strong> an Arts Strategy as well as the need for<br />

an agreed Corporate strategy for working with the partners in the voluntary sector.<br />

Community Plan/Local Strategic Partnership<br />

19. The implementation <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy has to be closely interlinked with the<br />

Community Plan. Both plans have at their core the intention to improve the quality <strong>of</strong><br />

life <strong>of</strong> local people, both actively seek to broaden opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the<br />

community, the delivery <strong>of</strong> both will be through a rich mix <strong>of</strong> providers and their aims<br />

and objectives are determined by local views and aspirations. A process will need to<br />

be developed to enable proposed cultural activities to be included in the prioritisation<br />

for inclusion in the Community Plan.<br />

The Cultural Contribution to Achieving Future Cross-cutting Objectives<br />

20. Culture’s contribution to improving the well-being <strong>of</strong> communities increasingly<br />

features in emerging national policy initiatives and proposals. The Statement <strong>of</strong><br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 58


Shared Priorities (2003) that sets out central and local government’s commitment to<br />

improving local services through investment and reform focuses on quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />

issues. Culture and the implementation <strong>of</strong> the cultural strategy can make a<br />

substantial contribution to the delivery <strong>of</strong> crosscutting themes such as:<br />

• Raising standards in schools<br />

• Improving the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> children, young people, families at risk and older<br />

people<br />

• Creating safer and stronger communities<br />

• Transforming our local environment<br />

• Promoting the economic vitality <strong>of</strong> communities<br />

Capacity to Deliver the Cultural Strategy<br />

21. The Strategy identifies areas for development and the need for certain<br />

tools/resources to support achieving change. These include:<br />

• An annual market research survey undertaken corporately to generate fuller<br />

current data covering the cultural needs and aspirations <strong>of</strong> the residents <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> to support the development <strong>of</strong> plans and projects.<br />

• ACORN data for areas beyond the boundaries <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> for corporate use.<br />

• Training programme for <strong>of</strong>ficers on community pr<strong>of</strong>iling.<br />

• Better promotion <strong>of</strong> cultural activities in the community is a key strategic<br />

objective. A part time support post to undertake the organisation/collection <strong>of</strong><br />

information for a regular sponsored listing <strong>of</strong> cultural events and activities<br />

organised both by services and by voluntary and community organisations. An<br />

external partner would be sought for the advertising content, production and<br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> such a <strong>Hillingdon</strong> listing.<br />

• Arts Development Officer (SO2) to work with schools and community groups to<br />

maximise opportunities to enhance pupils' experience, support raising<br />

achievement, developing projects to extend access and build capacity and selfesteem<br />

in communities and linking to the Extended Schools programme.<br />

22. Officers have not made a growth bid in relation to the Cultural Strategy for<br />

2004/05. As work on delivering the strategy develops , <strong>of</strong>ficers will need to submit<br />

proposals to enable the strategy to fully progress.<br />

LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

23. There are no legal implications<br />

RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS<br />

24. The report identifies priorities for service initiatives, but this includes specific<br />

proposals which will have resource implications. The ‘Capacity to deliver’ section <strong>of</strong><br />

the report identifies an additional Arts Officer and a part time support post. These<br />

posts would cost in the region <strong>of</strong> 40k.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 59


These items would need to be considered as part <strong>of</strong> the budget setting process for<br />

future years.<br />

PROPERTY IMPLICATIONS<br />

25. Property Services welcome the development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy for<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and will work with Cultural Services in the implementation <strong>of</strong> the action<br />

plan.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services - Cabinet June 2003<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 60


HILLINGDON LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY Appendix 1<br />

Section 1<br />

Introduction<br />

THE CASE FOR CULTURE<br />

This document shows how <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Council and its partners will work together to<br />

create and extend opportunities to take part in cultural activities available to people<br />

living and working in or visiting <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. It is intended to be a strategy for everyone<br />

involved in making or enjoying cultural activity.<br />

WHAT IS CULTURE?<br />

Cultural activities can inspire, educate, support the local economy and give immense<br />

pleasure and personal satisfaction. Culture is key to quality <strong>of</strong> life and to mental and<br />

physical well-being. It is an inclusive concept that embraces a wide variety <strong>of</strong><br />

activities, places, values and beliefs that contribute to a sense <strong>of</strong> identity and pride<br />

for everyone in our communities.<br />

Culture promotes understanding and a sense <strong>of</strong> belonging and cohesion and can<br />

bring together people from diverse cultural, faith and historic backgrounds. Cultural<br />

activities <strong>of</strong>fer a wide range <strong>of</strong> opportunities for people <strong>of</strong> all ages, abilities and<br />

interests to realise their potential, to feel a sense <strong>of</strong> achievement, to increase social<br />

contacts and develop a sense <strong>of</strong> well-being. A cultural strategy will make a<br />

significant contribution to the health and lives <strong>of</strong> individuals and communities.<br />

Many facilities, activities and opportunities for cultural involvement already exist in<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and people living in, working in or visiting <strong>Hillingdon</strong> can spend time in<br />

many pleasurable and rewarding ways. Across our communities are thousands <strong>of</strong><br />

people who regularly participate in cultural activities, as, for example, being a<br />

member <strong>of</strong> an audience for a choral society concert, taking a role in a theatrical<br />

production, visiting an exhibition <strong>of</strong> the work <strong>of</strong> a local artist, supporting local<br />

societies/groups by giving time to serve on a management committee.<br />

People in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> take part in cultural activities every day when they:<br />

• Research their family tree in the local history room in Uxbridge Library<br />

• Help out as a cricket or hockey coach in a local sports club<br />

• Enjoy a wine-tasting session or study garden design with the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

branch <strong>of</strong> the University <strong>of</strong> the Third Age<br />

• Go to see a film<br />

• Pilot a narrow boat through Coppermill Lock or paddle a canoe at the Outdoor<br />

Activities Centre in Harefield<br />

• Join in a production with Magnetic North Youth Theatre at Compass or learn<br />

animation skills<br />

• Improve DJ ing skills at West Drayton Youth Centre or practise street dance in<br />

Hayes Campus<br />

• Go for a picnic in Colne Valley Park<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 61


• Sing in a Tamil choir at Hayes Festival or join with friends in a henna painting<br />

session run by <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Asian Women’s Group<br />

• Learn to play violin or guitar with the borough’s Music Service<br />

• Walk for health in one <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s many green spaces<br />

Many in the borough, too, earn a living from culture and leisure, working in sports<br />

centres, Fitness Zones or libraries, providing educational activities for old or young.<br />

New technologies are part <strong>of</strong> our cultural infrastructure and make an invaluable<br />

contribution not only to our quality <strong>of</strong> life but also to the local economy.<br />

WHY A CULTURAL STRATEGY?<br />

The Government has asked local councils to work in partnership with a wide range <strong>of</strong><br />

other organisations, to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life for local communities. In order to<br />

be clear about the best way to tackle <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s needs, the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the<br />

consultation for the Community Plan and the work supporting the recent Best Value<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services were used to inform the Strategy.<br />

To realise the aims <strong>of</strong> the Strategy, the council will need to work increasingly crosssectorally,<br />

and collaboratively with voluntary bodies and private sector companies,<br />

and look for support from regional organisations and our neighbours in West <strong>London</strong>.<br />

Having a strategy should help to:<br />

• Celebrate and make the most <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s many assets - its people, its<br />

places and its activities<br />

• Communicate more effectively so that everyone can clearly know what is<br />

going on in the borough.<br />

• Collaborate in bringing communities together, and help to make <strong>Hillingdon</strong> a<br />

harmonious, dynamic and prosperous borough<br />

• Promote the wealth <strong>of</strong> talent and activity already present in the area<br />

• Plan and act jointly with our partners to increase opportunities for all to enjoy<br />

and take part in arts, sports, leisure or heritage activities<br />

• Pool resources, skills and potential to make the most <strong>of</strong> joint working and<br />

helping to lever in additional benefits to the community<br />

THE VISION<br />

To help develop <strong>Hillingdon</strong> as a place in which residents can find fulfilment and<br />

achieve their potential as valued members <strong>of</strong> a community which embraces diversity<br />

and encourages active citizenship. Participating in cultural activities enhances<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life, enriches mind and body, brings communities and generations together<br />

and has the power to transform people’s lives for the better.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 62


Section 2<br />

Examples <strong>of</strong> the findings from consultation and surveys<br />

The Council has undertaken a number <strong>of</strong> surveys to assess which services are used<br />

by residents and how satisfied they are with them.<br />

It is clear from both surveys and consultation that cultural services and facilities are<br />

<strong>of</strong> great importance to people in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. They are services that people choose to<br />

use - be it participating in a theatre production, exercising, swimming or borrowing<br />

books from the library.<br />

Asked about which cultural services are most used those surveyed said that:<br />

• Libraries are the most regularly used service with over 70% <strong>of</strong> people using<br />

them at least once a year, with 53% using the Central Library<br />

• Parks and playgrounds are also popular with nearly 70% <strong>of</strong> people using them<br />

• The Beck Theatre is visited by 37% <strong>of</strong> people with at least 20% people also<br />

visiting the Compass Theatre and Winston Churchill Hall<br />

• Swimming pools are the most popular sport and leisure facility and are used<br />

by 35% <strong>of</strong> people with other sports centres attracting 16% <strong>of</strong> people<br />

• Museums and Galleries are visited by 54% <strong>of</strong> survey respondents but this will<br />

include visiting places outside <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Within the borough the Cow Byre<br />

Gallery attracts 23% and the Manor Farm Site 20% <strong>of</strong> respondents.<br />

When asked what cultural activities were most important to them, the<br />

respondents said that:<br />

• Reading is enjoyed by practically everyone, 98% rate this as most important<br />

• Listening to the radio, to recorded music and watching television are also<br />

important to at least 80% <strong>of</strong> people<br />

• Shopping is important to 85% <strong>of</strong> people<br />

• Going to parks is important to over 80% <strong>of</strong> people, with walking or rambling<br />

enjoyed by over 70%<br />

• Libraries are important to nearly 80% <strong>of</strong> people<br />

• Cinemas are important to over 70% <strong>of</strong> people<br />

How satisfied are people with the cultural provision in the borough?<br />

• A very high proportion <strong>of</strong> people, up to 93%, are at least satisfied with their<br />

local or the Central Library<br />

• The Hayes Carnival also achieved satisfaction ratings <strong>of</strong> around 90%<br />

• Users <strong>of</strong> venues like the Beck Theatre, Compass Theatre, Winston Churchill<br />

Hall give these venues high satisfaction ratings, sometimes <strong>of</strong> 90%<br />

• Golf courses achieve the highest rating for sports facilities with 85% finding<br />

them at least satisfactory<br />

• Swimming pools achieve a satisfaction rating <strong>of</strong> over 70%<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 63


Whilst there was obvious appreciation <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural facilities only a<br />

very small number <strong>of</strong> residents surveyed expressed themselves as very<br />

satisfied with some services such as youth centres, sports in parks, parks and<br />

playgrounds, sports centres and swimming pools.<br />

In addition, when asked what services were least well provided for in the borough,<br />

over 50% <strong>of</strong> people surveyed considered that the borough lacked<br />

• opportunities for visiting historic houses and sites,<br />

• live sports<br />

• youth centres<br />

• events<br />

• a museum<br />

• reading and writing groups.<br />

Young people were also asked about cultural provision in the borough. They<br />

appreciate the library book and video collections and quiet study areas, summer arts<br />

and drama programmes, some <strong>of</strong> the youth centre activities and the discounts that<br />

are available to them. But they disliked the limited nature <strong>of</strong> some services including<br />

library opening hours, leisure and fun facilities at swimming pools, the poor condition<br />

<strong>of</strong> some buildings, the high cost <strong>of</strong> activities and limited publicity.<br />

Young people want to see a range <strong>of</strong> activities which are suited to them, not too<br />

distant and at prices they can afford including paintballing, ice-skating,<br />

skateboarding, bowling and snooker. They would like to see more music and media<br />

projects; a large-scale leisure pool and more sports clubs open to all abilities and<br />

less gender discrimination across sports.<br />

When asked what would most improve their ability to benefit from cultural<br />

services and activities in the borough, residents said:<br />

• Better information about what was available to people in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> was felt to<br />

be important by over 90% <strong>of</strong> residents<br />

• Improved parks and green spaces was supported by 90% and cleaner streets,<br />

better public toilets were felt important by nearly 90%<br />

• Community safety was considered an important factor by 85%<br />

• Better buildings and facilities were also an important factor with over 80% <strong>of</strong><br />

residents feeling improvement would improve enjoyment<br />

• Easier parking and better public transport were considered important by over<br />

75%<br />

• Pricing and more live shows and events were also important to over 75% <strong>of</strong><br />

people.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 64


Section 3 Local frameworks and national policy initiatives<br />

The Best Value Review <strong>of</strong> Cultural Services (Libraries, Arts, Leisure, Youth and<br />

Music Services) agreed by Cabinet in June 2003, set out a programme with five<br />

themes which have been carried forward into the work for the Cultural Strategy.<br />

• Working together, and with the community to deliver better services and<br />

ensuring we work closely with and support the voluntary sector<br />

• Increasing access to our cultural services by ensuring they are relevant and<br />

available to all sectors <strong>of</strong> our community<br />

• Improving the marketing <strong>of</strong> our services so we are better informed <strong>of</strong> need<br />

and can provide better information on what is available<br />

• Improving buildings and facilities including those not included in major new<br />

developments<br />

• Working together to improve services for young people and to meet their<br />

particular needs.<br />

As part <strong>of</strong> the above programme, individual Best Value Reviews were completed for<br />

the Leisure Service, Library Service, Arts Service, Youth Service and Music Service.<br />

The resulting approved action plans set out three-year programmes for service<br />

improvement.<br />

Existing Service plans and strategies<br />

The development <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy has to be viewed in the context <strong>of</strong> existing<br />

service plans and strategies, e.g.<br />

• Library Service Position Statement 2003/04. Responds to the DCMS guidance<br />

and requirements set out in ‘Framework for the Future’<br />

• Green Spaces strategy<br />

• Draft ‘Transforming Youth Work’ plan<br />

• Educational Development Plan (EDP2)<br />

• Specific sports strategies<br />

• Arts and Leisure Services team plans<br />

• Community Safety strategy<br />

• Corporate ICT strategy, including plans to deliver e-government<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Grid for Learning plans<br />

The Council's plans and framework<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Cultural Strategy needs to respond to residents' views and their<br />

experience <strong>of</strong> cultural life in the borough. It will also support and link with ways in<br />

which the Council is already improving services and working with its partners to<br />

respond to residents' needs and views.<br />

The Council Leader’s Statement, 2003/2004 asserts that <strong>Hillingdon</strong> will be 'A<br />

borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture'. The statement identifies a number <strong>of</strong> key points<br />

that support cultural development <strong>of</strong> the borough:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 65


• Continuing investment in front line services including parks, the environment<br />

and libraries<br />

• Improvements in library stock, opening hours and in library buildings<br />

• The Chrysalis environmental programme with £0.75m available each year<br />

• Additional funding for Youth Services <strong>of</strong> £0.8m<br />

• Support for improvements in our town centres<br />

The Cultural Strategy has to work closely with the Community Plan for the borough.<br />

Working together for a better future sets out six key aims for the Council and its<br />

key partners, including Brunel University, the Police and the Primary Care Trust, to<br />

regenerate and modernise <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and to develop strong, secure, self confident<br />

and healthy communities. The aims are to make <strong>Hillingdon</strong>:<br />

• A borough <strong>of</strong> learning and culture<br />

• A safer borough<br />

• A cleaner and more pleasant borough<br />

• A borough with improving health, housing and social care<br />

• An economically prosperous borough<br />

• A borough where opportunities are open to all<br />

The vision <strong>of</strong> the Local Strategic Partnership is to ensure <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a pleasant and<br />

vibrant place to live and work, where every member <strong>of</strong> its communities has access to<br />

excellent services and the opportunity to fulfil their potential. This links in turn to the<br />

vision and ambition <strong>of</strong> creating a borough 'where cultural, leisure and educational<br />

opportunities are open to all children, young people and adults to improve their skill<br />

levels, education and creativity so as to enhance their working and leisure lives'.<br />

(Community Plan 2003/04).<br />

The implementation <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy is best linked with the Community Plan.<br />

Both plans have at their core the intention to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> local<br />

people, both actively seek to broaden opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong> the community,<br />

the delivery <strong>of</strong> both will be through a rich mix <strong>of</strong> providers and their aims and<br />

objectives are determined by local views and aspirations. A process will need to be<br />

developed to enable proposed cultural activities to be included in the prioritisation for<br />

inclusion in the Community Plan.<br />

National policy initiatives and research<br />

Culture’s contribution to improving the well-being <strong>of</strong> communities increasingly<br />

features in the emerging policy initiatives and proposals.<br />

The Statement <strong>of</strong> Shared Priorities (2003) that sets out central and local<br />

government’s commitment to improving local services through investment and<br />

reform focuses on quality <strong>of</strong> life issues. Culture can make a substantial contribution<br />

to the delivery <strong>of</strong> crosscutting themes such as:<br />

• Raising standards in schools<br />

• Improving the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> children, young people, families at risk and<br />

older people<br />

• Creating safer and stronger communities<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 66


• Transforming our local environment<br />

• Promoting the economic vitality <strong>of</strong> communities<br />

The development <strong>of</strong> the Comprehensive Performance Assessment 2005 round is<br />

likely to bring an increase in the recognition <strong>of</strong> culture’s contribution to community<br />

well-being as a core service.<br />

A MORI presentation (2002) on Quality <strong>of</strong> Life indicators included Access to Culture,<br />

Sports and Leisure Facilities and Community activities amongst key items which<br />

people think are important to making somewhere a good place to live. Facilities and<br />

activities for young people scored high on the list <strong>of</strong> things that would make places<br />

even better.<br />

The ODPM’s survey <strong>of</strong> English Housing which lists aspects <strong>of</strong> their area that<br />

householders would like to see improved, revealed that 38% <strong>of</strong> those surveyed<br />

(2001/02) wanted opportunities and facilities for children and young people.<br />

A new measure <strong>of</strong> child poverty proposed by Department <strong>of</strong> Works and Pensions will<br />

include lack <strong>of</strong> access to leisure, hobbies, swimming and other cultural activities as<br />

an indicator <strong>of</strong> deprivation.<br />

In all these policy initiatives and programmes, the recognition <strong>of</strong> a basic<br />

entitlement to opportunities for cultural expression and recreation is<br />

increasingly taken to be a significant part <strong>of</strong> the life <strong>of</strong> every individual.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 67


Section 4<br />

AIMS AND PRIORITIES FOR THE CULTURAL STRATEGY<br />

Culture can make a major contribution to social, economic and environmental wellbeing<br />

and to the health <strong>of</strong> individuals and communities. This Strategy will show how<br />

it is intended to work together to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life right across <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

We want to do this by bringing culture within everyone’s reach, to make sure that<br />

activities thrive in the longer-term and by building on active partnerships.<br />

Three themes for the Cultural Strategy have been chosen to give a clear focus on<br />

what we believe is important for the borough and how we will achieve our ambitions:<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People – everyone should have the chance to enjoy and benefit<br />

from cultural opportunities<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces and Places – the importance <strong>of</strong> our built and natural<br />

environments needs to be promoted and opportunities provided for everyone<br />

to benefit from them now and into the future<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners – every organisation, whether in the public, voluntary or<br />

private sectors should have the chance to play an active role in developing<br />

culture and improving our quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />

The aims and priorities <strong>of</strong> our strategy reflect the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the surveys,<br />

consultation, interviews and meetings. It seeks to address the concerns and needs<br />

identified by residents <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. It will link with and support other initiatives<br />

seeking to improve the lives <strong>of</strong> everyone living in or visiting the borough.<br />

A. HILLINGDON PEOPLE<br />

People are at the very heart <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy. They are the most important<br />

source <strong>of</strong> creativity and inspiration, past, present and future. We want our residents<br />

to enjoy life to the full and to have the opportunities for developing a rewarding and<br />

healthy life.<br />

The borough’s population now has a fifth <strong>of</strong> residents below the age <strong>of</strong> sixteen and<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> all <strong>Hillingdon</strong> people will belong to ethnic minority communities by 2011.<br />

Together with the 12,000 students at Brunel University who come from 110 different<br />

countries, the borough enjoys a rich and vibrant mix <strong>of</strong> nationalities and their<br />

cultures.<br />

Surveys by the Council indicate that some groups do not utilise many facilities.<br />

Consultation suggests that these groups, including some children and young people<br />

and ethnic minorities, do feel excluded and do not feel that their cultural needs are<br />

being addressed. It is also necessary to ensure that the needs <strong>of</strong> older-people,<br />

people with disabilities or learning needs to engage in a full cultural life are met.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 68


Much <strong>of</strong> our cultural life is dependant on volunteers and the work <strong>of</strong> voluntary groups<br />

and clubs. The role <strong>of</strong> volunteers and voluntary organisations is an essential part <strong>of</strong><br />

the picture in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, a natural extension <strong>of</strong> what the Council itself provides. We<br />

must do more to actively support and encourage this sector. If the Council is to work<br />

in effective partnership with the voluntary sector it needs to speak with a clear and<br />

consistent voice and promote the work <strong>of</strong> volunteers.<br />

Consultation consistently indicated a demand for better information on cultural<br />

activities and the strategy needs to identify ways in which it can address this issue.<br />

Aims<br />

Culture has the power to transform the lives <strong>of</strong> individuals, families and whole<br />

communities. If we are to build a better quality <strong>of</strong> life for the people <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, the<br />

Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />

• Everyone can take part in cultural activities and opportunities that are<br />

creative, enjoyable and educational, fit in with their way <strong>of</strong> life and are<br />

appropriate to all ages, ethnic background, abilities and cultural heritage.<br />

• We help to remove barriers to participating and enjoying the cultural life <strong>of</strong> our<br />

area (whether through cost, lack <strong>of</strong> information or childcare, transport or<br />

inaccessible buildings, for example)<br />

• Culture plays a full role in strengthening community bonds and that we boost<br />

voluntary activity and make full use <strong>of</strong> cultural activities to help us bridge<br />

divides including those <strong>of</strong> age, income or ethnicity<br />

• Culture plays an important role in our economy in <strong>of</strong>fering learning<br />

opportunities and employment for local people as well as attractions for<br />

visitors.<br />

• Culture makes a significant contribution to improving health and supporting<br />

active lifestyles.<br />

Priorities<br />

Our priorities for the Cultural Strategy are to:<br />

A1: Ensure better access for all by developing strategies and provision<br />

that meet the needs <strong>of</strong> groups that do not access our cultural facilities and<br />

services.<br />

We will:<br />

• Identify a range <strong>of</strong> routes and facilitators for finding out the needs and<br />

interests <strong>of</strong> groups and communities not fully benefiting from cultural<br />

provision and develop a phased programme to respond to these needs.<br />

• Ensure that cultural services work to remove, whenever possible, any<br />

barriers to children, young people and adults accessing services,<br />

including the appropriate use <strong>of</strong> new technology.<br />

• Ensure services have access to up to date socio-economic information<br />

and regular market research which covers the cultural needs and<br />

aspirations <strong>of</strong> the community and a more effective, integrated use is<br />

made <strong>of</strong> data already held.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 69


A2: Promote cultural activity that celebrates the diverse communities<br />

and develops greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the borough’s rich cultural inheritance.<br />

We will:<br />

• Work across services, with schools and other education providers and<br />

with community groups to develop cultural projects and activities that<br />

celebrate and reflect our diversity and enable creative expression.<br />

A3: Work positively with the voluntary sector and volunteers who<br />

provide a wealth and variety <strong>of</strong> local sports, music, arts, heritage,<br />

environmental and other activity alongside the services provided by the<br />

council.<br />

We will:<br />

• Develop the Council strategy for its relationship with the voluntary sector,<br />

recognising the key role fulfilled by the voluntary sector and volunteers to<br />

cultural life in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, identify clear objectives for its support and<br />

definitions and priorities for the allocation <strong>of</strong> funding.<br />

A4: Improve our communication with local communities helping to<br />

ensure that they have access to information about cultural activities and<br />

opportunities.<br />

We will:<br />

• Review current service publicity and publications to assess how effective<br />

they are in providing information and promoting wider cultural<br />

participation.<br />

• Establish a cultural marketing and promotion plan with a budget.<br />

• Investigate the re-introduction <strong>of</strong> a regular listing <strong>of</strong> cultural activities and<br />

events<br />

• Ensure better service webpages, web-sites, enable free access to the<br />

Internet for cultural information, including provision for feedback from<br />

users.<br />

A5: Ensure that culture improves life opportunities for all sections <strong>of</strong><br />

our community including working with partners in education, health and<br />

other sectors to improve personal and community opportunities and wellbeing.<br />

We will:<br />

• Develop and provide a range <strong>of</strong> life and skills opportunities within the<br />

cultural sector<br />

• Promote healthy living and encourage the adoption <strong>of</strong> active life-styles<br />

through cultural provision and activities.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 70


B. HILLINGDON SPACES AND PLACES<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s spaces and places, its natural and built environment and its cultural<br />

places must also be at the heart <strong>of</strong> the cultural strategy. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a very green<br />

borough with the second largest area <strong>of</strong> green belt <strong>of</strong> all <strong>London</strong> boroughs. Our open<br />

space is one <strong>of</strong> our most important assets, including our 165 parks. We also benefit<br />

from four woodlands that are national nature reserves, two country parks and<br />

important waterways including the Grand Union Canal and the River Colne.<br />

The quality <strong>of</strong> our built environment is also important. Our cultural facilities including<br />

our libraries, leisure centres, swimming pools, theatres and art centres, youth and<br />

community centres are a focus for individual expression and community activity.<br />

Pressures on resources mean the continual review and re-prioritising <strong>of</strong> the<br />

development and refurbishment <strong>of</strong> facilities to meet new and growing cultural needs.<br />

Our town centres are places not just for shopping but also for socialising and<br />

community activity. All have their distinctive character and some are already<br />

developing local street activities.<br />

We also need to preserve and restore our built heritage particularly places like the<br />

Manor Farm site and Barra Hall and Park which <strong>of</strong>fer so much to the local<br />

community.<br />

All these spaces and places are important in the lives <strong>of</strong> the community and the<br />

Cultural Strategy must seek a sustainable way to ensure that all parts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

community benefit from them. In particular the needs <strong>of</strong> children and young people<br />

for play and exciting and enjoyable recreational activity, including music and media<br />

projects, should be recognised if we are to help lay the foundations for the healthy<br />

and lively <strong>Hillingdon</strong> community <strong>of</strong> the future.<br />

Aims<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s spaces and cultural facilities are important to the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong> all its<br />

residents and visitors and the Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />

• We make the most <strong>of</strong> and improve access to our green spaces and natural<br />

environment ensuring that we preserve it for future generations to enjoy<br />

• We maintain and improve the quality <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities taking care to see<br />

that they meet the needs <strong>of</strong> all sections <strong>of</strong> the community<br />

• We help make our public spaces and places attractive and safe for use by all<br />

the community.<br />

• We ensure that we protect and enhance access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our<br />

built heritage<br />

Priorities<br />

Our priorities for the Cultural Strategy are to:<br />

B1: Widen access to and enhance the opportunities to benefit from<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s cultural spaces and places so that everyone can enjoy <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />

considerable assets.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 71


We will:<br />

• Revise the Sports and Recreation strategy bringing together Leisure<br />

Facilities, Green Spaces, Sports Development, schools, Uxbridge College<br />

and Brunel University and the sports voluntary sector to maximise the<br />

sports opportunities both indoor and outdoor in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

• Develop an Arts strategy that encompasses the work being undertaken in<br />

the Best Value Review, the need for community arts development and<br />

work with partners within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and West <strong>London</strong>.<br />

• Promote interest in green spaces and public spaces through engaging<br />

local people in initiatives such Minet Country Park and a street arts<br />

festival. Support Town Centre Managers and work with community safety<br />

groups and the private sector to enliven town centres and make them<br />

safe and attractive places for everyone.<br />

• Enable personal engagement with our history by developing public<br />

access to the rich collection <strong>of</strong> archives and artefacts in partnership with<br />

Brunel University and other local partners.<br />

B2: Work to improve the quality and range <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities available to<br />

our residents and try to ensure that we can respond in relevant and exciting ways to<br />

changing and developing needs for cultural expression and creativity.<br />

We will:<br />

• Support the Education, Youth & Leisure Asset Management Review plan<br />

for new leisure provision, the opportunities to refurbish and renew<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s libraries, and plans for enhanced Adult Education facilities to<br />

revitalise <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s cultural and lifelong learning facilities.<br />

• Initiate a strategic review <strong>of</strong> new cultural facility provision with our<br />

partners within the borough including schools, Uxbridge College and<br />

Brunel University and with neighbouring boroughs to ensure that we<br />

maximise the potential benefits to residents and visitors.<br />

B3: Ensure we provide a range <strong>of</strong> appropriate facilities for children and<br />

young people that are attractive to them and that we create safe environments for<br />

children and young people, particularly those who may feel excluded from use for<br />

whatever reason.<br />

We will:<br />

• Work with Youth Services to deliver the Youth Plan and seek to maximise<br />

links with cultural activities and providers in meeting the cultural and<br />

development needs <strong>of</strong> young people<br />

• Work with the Green Spaces team and other agencies to support the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> play provision and conservation activities for young<br />

people.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 72


B4: Support initiatives to preserve and enhance our natural and built<br />

heritage seeking to maximise community access to and appreciation <strong>of</strong> our heritage<br />

whilst preserving it for future generations.<br />

We will:<br />

• Work with partners to develop a borough wide approach to supporting the<br />

built and natural environment to ensure we speak with a single voice to<br />

funding and other supporting agencies.<br />

• Support applications to heritage bodies for the restoration and conservation <strong>of</strong><br />

key facilities like the Manor Farm Site, Ruislip Woodlands and the Lido, Barra<br />

Hall and Park, open spaces and canal path developments.<br />

C: HILLINGDON PARTNERS<br />

Very few <strong>of</strong> the priorities identified in this strategy could progress without close<br />

working with many departments in the Council as well as organisations and agencies<br />

outside the Council. The Council is not an island. Through the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Strategic<br />

Partnership and the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Community Plan it is already working with a wide<br />

range <strong>of</strong> organisations to improve life in the borough for everyone. Through the<br />

cultural strategy we need to explore with our partners how we can together further<br />

improve the community’s quality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />

Neither is our borough an island. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is part <strong>of</strong> a World City and centre <strong>of</strong><br />

creativity as well as a European capital, and home to Heathrow Airport - a physical<br />

and symbolic link to the rest <strong>of</strong> the world and its diverse cultures. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is also<br />

home to many international companies and has excellent transport links with the rest<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong>.<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> is a great place to live and work and it has a vision <strong>of</strong> its place in the future<br />

set out in its Community Plan. If the Cultural Strategy is to be effective it must<br />

encourage and promote collaborative work with partners both within and outside the<br />

borough boundaries.<br />

Aims<br />

Partnership will be critical to the success <strong>of</strong> initiatives to improve cultural life in the<br />

borough and our Cultural Strategy should help ensure that:<br />

• We maximise the linkages between the Cultural Strategy and the Community<br />

Plan and other key strategies in education, economic and urban development,<br />

health, community safety and the environment showing how cultural activities<br />

can make a significant contribution in all these areas.<br />

• We maximise resources, physical, financial and human for cultural<br />

development through partnerships both within and outside the borough to<br />

provide the highest quality cultural experience for our residents and visitors.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 73


Priorities<br />

Our priorities for the cultural strategy are to:<br />

C1: Work with other cultural providers to help deliver the Cultural Strategy’s<br />

priorities and to ensure a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for cultural development to help meet quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> life objectives for the borough<br />

We will:<br />

• Develop a Cultural Strategy Group <strong>of</strong> service representatives and partners to<br />

monitor and develop the Strategy.<br />

• Ensure the linking <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Strategy to the development <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Community Plan.<br />

C2: Extend working links between cultural providers and services and<br />

education, youth, health, community, environmental and other agencies to<br />

ensure that culture can play its full role in individual and community development.<br />

We will:<br />

• Initiate a series <strong>of</strong> bi-lateral and group meetings with key partners to assess<br />

current linkages between their programmes and to develop ways in which<br />

cultural activity can help meet their social and community objectives.<br />

• Work with sub-regional and regional partners to maximise benefits for<br />

provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

C3: Enhance the community role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities as key points for contact,<br />

information and communication as well as spaces enabling enjoyment and access to<br />

a range <strong>of</strong> leisure, educational, entertainment and cultural activities.<br />

We will:<br />

• Explore ways in which the cultural facilities in the borough could provide<br />

access for the community to a wider range <strong>of</strong> information and inter-action with<br />

the Council, in partnership with other services.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 74


HILLINGDON LOCAL CULTURAL STRATEGY APPENDIX 2<br />

ACTION PLAN<br />

DRAFT<br />

A1<br />

Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

Ensure better access<br />

Within Year<br />

for all<br />

1<br />

Identify a range <strong>of</strong> routes and<br />

facilitators for finding out the needs<br />

and interests <strong>of</strong> groups and<br />

communities not fully benefiting<br />

from cultural provision and develop<br />

a targeted programme to respond<br />

to these needs.<br />

Ensure that Cultural Services work<br />

to remove, whenever possible, any<br />

barriers to children, young people<br />

and adults accessing services,<br />

including the appropriate use <strong>of</strong><br />

new technology.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Connecting<br />

Communities<br />

EMASS<br />

Community groups<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />

Specific voluntary<br />

organisations<br />

Cultural Services<br />

EYL IT (HGfl)<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />

CIT<br />

Representative planning group<br />

formed and first targeted<br />

programme developed<br />

Programme delivered.<br />

Second and third programmes<br />

devised and delivered<br />

Outcomes include :<br />

Service membership requirements<br />

simplified<br />

Strategy for fees and charges in<br />

place<br />

Years 2 - 3<br />

Year 1 and<br />

on-going<br />

Ensure services have access to up<br />

to date socio-economic information<br />

and regular corporate market<br />

research which covers the cultural<br />

needs and aspirations <strong>of</strong> the<br />

community and more effective<br />

integrated use is made <strong>of</strong> data<br />

already held .<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Chief Execs -Information<br />

& Intelligence<br />

Consultation<br />

Other council services<br />

Pilot automatic library membership<br />

with HGfl and work towards use <strong>of</strong><br />

smartcard<br />

Plans supported with ACORN data<br />

and integrated use <strong>of</strong> service data<br />

Market research programme<br />

agreed and implemented<br />

Officers trained in community<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>iling<br />

Year 1,2&3<br />

Year 1 and<br />

on-going<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 75


A2<br />

A3<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

Work across services, with schools<br />

Planning group formed. First joint Within Year<br />

and other education providers and<br />

programme finalised and<br />

1<br />

with community groups to develop<br />

implemented<br />

cultural projects and activities that<br />

celebrate and reflect diversity and<br />

On-going programmes planned & Years 2 - 3<br />

enable creative expression.<br />

implemented<br />

Promote cultural activity<br />

that celebrates diverse<br />

communities<br />

Work positively with<br />

voluntary sector and<br />

local organisations<br />

Develop the corporate Council<br />

strategy for its on-going relationship<br />

and support with the voluntary<br />

sector.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Music Service<br />

SIS/schools<br />

Adult Education<br />

Youth Service<br />

Community cultural<br />

providers<br />

Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Community Resources<br />

team<br />

Voluntary sector<br />

HAVS<br />

Mapping exercise <strong>of</strong> cultural activity<br />

in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> completed by the<br />

group<br />

Corporate Audits <strong>of</strong> internal<br />

funding/support provided to the<br />

voluntary sector, and <strong>of</strong> voluntary<br />

sector in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>, in partnership<br />

with HAVS, completed<br />

Within Year<br />

1<br />

Corporate Strategy developed and<br />

agreed.<br />

Year 1/2<br />

A4<br />

Improve our<br />

communication with<br />

local communities<br />

Review current service publicity and<br />

promotions to assess how effective<br />

they are in providing information<br />

and promoting wider cultural<br />

participation.<br />

Arts Service, Leisure<br />

Service<br />

Sports Development<br />

Youth Service<br />

Green Spaces<br />

As above<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Green Spaces team<br />

Other cultural providers<br />

Community cultural<br />

providers<br />

HGfl<br />

Advice and help provided to<br />

voluntary sector on accessing<br />

external funding<br />

Develop service networking with<br />

HAVS to publicise capacity<br />

building, good practice training<br />

opportunities<br />

Cultural marketing and promotion<br />

group formed Review completed<br />

On-going<br />

Year 1 and<br />

on-going<br />

Within Year<br />

1<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 76


A4<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

Establish a cultural marketing and Cultural Services<br />

Within Year<br />

promotion plan with a budget. Green Spaces<br />

1<br />

Improve our<br />

communication with<br />

local communities .<br />

Investigate the re-introduction <strong>of</strong> a<br />

regular listing <strong>of</strong> cultural activities<br />

and events provided through<br />

services/cultural community.<br />

Marketing and promotion<br />

team<br />

External partners<br />

Marketing and promotion plan<br />

developed including service data<br />

and new data from priority A1<br />

Sponsor/external partner sought.<br />

Bid for p/t post to coordinate.<br />

Publication programme agreed<br />

Year 1,2,3<br />

By Year 3<br />

A4 Ensure better service webpages,<br />

free access to the Internet for<br />

cultural information, including<br />

provision for feedback from users.<br />

A5<br />

Ensure that culture<br />

improves life<br />

opportunities and<br />

enables active lifestyles<br />

for all sections <strong>of</strong> our<br />

community<br />

Develop and provide a range <strong>of</strong> life<br />

and skills opportunities within the<br />

cultural sector<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Green Spaces<br />

HGfl<br />

Horizon<br />

CIT<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Youth Service<br />

Adult Education<br />

SIS,& schools<br />

Brunel and other<br />

education providers<br />

Music Service<br />

Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Community cultural<br />

providers<br />

Programme <strong>of</strong> designated service<br />

information and publicity points<br />

completed for all cultural venues,<br />

theatres, leisure centres, youth<br />

centres, libraries, adult education<br />

centres<br />

Content and design Web<br />

information improved. Links from all<br />

service web pages.<br />

Free Internet access from cultural<br />

venues as well as libraries.<br />

Service and Cross-service/partner<br />

opportunities planned and<br />

provided. To Include e.g.:<br />

IT skills, work placements,<br />

arts/theatre experience/training,<br />

life-guard training, career<br />

development information through<br />

links to Connexions. MA<br />

courses(leisure).<br />

Programme developed<br />

Years ! & 2<br />

Year 3<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 77


Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

A5 Promote healthy living and<br />

encourage the adoption <strong>of</strong> active<br />

life-styles through cultural<br />

provision and activities.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Green Spaces<br />

Community<br />

organisations<br />

Social Services<br />

Cross-service programme for<br />

older people developed. and<br />

delivered<br />

Inter -generational project<br />

planned and delivered<br />

Year 2<br />

By Year 3<br />

Years 1-3<br />

Programme developed by<br />

services over 3 year period.<br />

To include<br />

GP Referral<br />

Fitness provision<br />

Sport in Parks<br />

Health Fair<br />

Writing/reading groups<br />

Walks programme<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 78


B1<br />

Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

Widen access to and<br />

Strategy developed and agreed Within Year 1<br />

benefit from <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />

cultural spaces and<br />

places<br />

Revise the Sports and Recreation<br />

strategy bringing together Leisure<br />

Facilities, Green Spaces, Sports<br />

Development, schools, Uxbridge<br />

College and Brunel University and<br />

the sports voluntary sector to<br />

maximise the sports opportunities<br />

both indoor and outdoor in<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

Leisure Service<br />

Green Spaces team<br />

Schools<br />

Brunel University,<br />

Uxbridge College<br />

Sports voluntary sector<br />

West <strong>London</strong> providers<br />

B1 Develop the Arts strategy Arts Service<br />

Brunel University<br />

Schools<br />

Community partners<br />

West <strong>London</strong> partners<br />

Service partners<br />

B1 Promote interest in green spaces<br />

and public spaces through<br />

engaging with local people in<br />

initiatives such Minet Country Park<br />

and a street arts festival. Support<br />

Town Centre Managers and work<br />

with community safety groups and<br />

the private sector to enliven town<br />

centres and make them safe and<br />

attractive places for everyone.<br />

Green Spaces team<br />

Arts Service<br />

Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Town Centre managers<br />

and Town Centre groups<br />

Community Safety Team<br />

Community groups<br />

Schools<br />

Strategy implemented<br />

Strategy developed and agreed<br />

Strategy implemented<br />

Collaborative programme<br />

developed by year 3 to include<br />

Events in Parks programme<br />

(Green Spaces strategy)<br />

Medieval Festival at Manor Farm<br />

Uxbridge Street Arts Festival<br />

Years 2 & 3<br />

Year 1 /2<br />

Years 2/3<br />

By year 3<br />

B1 Enable personal engagement with<br />

our history by developing public<br />

access to the rich collection <strong>of</strong><br />

archives and artefacts in<br />

partnership with Brunel University<br />

Library Service<br />

Brunel University<br />

Local Studies and<br />

Family History Groups<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Race Equality<br />

'Bridging the gap' oral history<br />

project completed, with travelling<br />

exhibition.<br />

(If HLF bid successful) 'Heritage<br />

Year 1<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 79


Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

and other local partners.<br />

Council<br />

Schools<br />

builds bridges' joint project makes<br />

archives accessible on-line and<br />

digitised on HGfl<br />

Year 1 to 3<br />

B2<br />

Work to improve the<br />

quality and range <strong>of</strong><br />

cultural facilities<br />

Ensure we provide a<br />

range <strong>of</strong> appropriate<br />

facilities for children and<br />

young people<br />

Support the Education, Youth &<br />

Leisure Asset Management<br />

Review plan for new leisure<br />

provision, the opportunities to<br />

refurbish and renew <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />

libraries, and plans for enhanced<br />

Adult Education and Youth Service<br />

facilities to revitalise <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s<br />

cultural and lifelong learning<br />

facilities.<br />

Initiate a strategic review <strong>of</strong> new<br />

cultural facility provision with our<br />

partners within the borough<br />

including schools, Uxbridge<br />

College and Brunel University and<br />

with neighbouring boroughs to<br />

ensure that we maximise the<br />

potential benefits to residents and<br />

visitors.<br />

Work with Youth Services to<br />

support the delivery <strong>of</strong> the Youth<br />

Plan and seek to maximise links<br />

with cultural activities and<br />

providers in meeting the cultural<br />

and development needs <strong>of</strong> young<br />

people.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Schools<br />

Brunel University<br />

Uxbridge College<br />

Youth Service<br />

Adult Education<br />

Property Services<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Schools<br />

Brunel University<br />

Uxbridge College<br />

Private providers<br />

Neighbouring <strong>Borough</strong>s<br />

Property Services<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Youth Service<br />

Work progressed with partners<br />

towards a borough museum<br />

Progress made in providing<br />

accessible, attractive, 'fit for<br />

purpose' cultural and lifelong<br />

learning facilities for <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Years 1-3<br />

Years 1-3<br />

Strategic review completed End year 2<br />

Best Value Review action plan for<br />

review <strong>of</strong> Compass Theatre in<br />

partnership with youth service and<br />

other agencies completed<br />

Joint project to deliver mystery<br />

shopper programme to enable<br />

Year 1<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 80


Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Spaces & Places<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

young people scrutinising the<br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> services.<br />

Plan developed for promoting<br />

services and events through<br />

schools<br />

B3 Work with the Green Spaces team<br />

and other agencies to support the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> play provision, and<br />

conservation activities for young<br />

people.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Youth Services<br />

Green Spaces team<br />

On-going action plan developed Year 2 & 3<br />

Green Spaces strategy supported Year 1<br />

and on-going<br />

B4<br />

Preserve and enhance<br />

natural and built heritage<br />

Continue to contribute to a<br />

borough wide approach to<br />

supporting the built and natural<br />

environment to ensure we speak<br />

with a single voice to funding and<br />

other supporting agencies.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Environment Services<br />

Voluntary sector<br />

External Funding <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />

Common approach agreed with<br />

regular review and liaison process<br />

Year 1<br />

and on-going<br />

Support projects to restore and<br />

conserve <strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s built and<br />

natural heritage such as the Manor<br />

Farm Site, Ruislip Woodlands and<br />

the Lido, Barra Hall and park etc,<br />

to enable greater public access<br />

and interpretation.<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Green Spaces team<br />

Community support<br />

groups<br />

Schools<br />

External funding achieved to<br />

enable major projects to proceed<br />

within the timescale <strong>of</strong> the<br />

strategy<br />

Link to Priority A4 to develop<br />

publicity and promotion <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>'s heritage<br />

Years 1 to 3<br />

By year 2<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 81


C1<br />

C2<br />

C3<br />

Theme: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Partners<br />

Priority Actions Partners Outputs Timescale<br />

Work with other cultural Develop a Cultural Strategy Group Cultural Services, other Strategy regularly reviewed and Year 1 to 3<br />

providers to help deliver <strong>of</strong> service representatives and key partners<br />

monitored<br />

the Cultural Strategy’s partners to monitor and develop the<br />

priorities and to ensure strategy.<br />

a high pr<strong>of</strong>ile for<br />

Years 1 to 3<br />

cultural development to Ensure the linkage <strong>of</strong> the Cultural Local Strategic<br />

Cultural Strategy themes and<br />

help meet quality <strong>of</strong> life Strategy to the development <strong>of</strong> the Partnership<br />

activities adopted through the<br />

objectives for the Community Plan.<br />

Lifelong<br />

planning process for inclusion in<br />

borough<br />

Learning/Cultural the Community Plan..<br />

Extend working links<br />

with other<br />

services/agencies<br />

Enhance community<br />

role <strong>of</strong> cultural facilities<br />

Initiate a series <strong>of</strong> bi-lateral and<br />

group meetings with key partners to<br />

assess current linkages between<br />

their programmes and to develop<br />

ways in which cultural activity can<br />

help meet their social and<br />

community objectives.<br />

Work with sub-regional and regional<br />

partners to maximise benefits for<br />

provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

Explore ways in which the cultural<br />

facilities in the borough could<br />

provide access for the community<br />

to a wider range <strong>of</strong> information and<br />

inter-action with the Council, in<br />

partnership with other services.<br />

.<br />

Development Group<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Wide range <strong>of</strong> other<br />

agencies and services<br />

Cultural Services<br />

Cultural Services<br />

HIP Customer contact<br />

project team<br />

Corporate IT<br />

HGfl<br />

Other Council Services<br />

On-going discussion process and<br />

the implementation <strong>of</strong> joint working<br />

on projects<br />

Development projects within<br />

Westwords, (Literature),WELIC for<br />

Libraries, Western Wedge for Arts,<br />

<strong>London</strong> West LSC, <strong>London</strong><br />

Libraries Development Agency<br />

identified and delivered<br />

Feasibility started for First Stop<br />

access t o the Council for the<br />

community and the use <strong>of</strong> cultural<br />

facilities as community base for<br />

other services.<br />

If agreed, schemes progressed<br />

and delivered<br />

Years 1 - 3<br />

Years 1 to 3<br />

Year 1<br />

Years 2 & 3<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 82


A REVIEW OF THE ANIMAL WELFARE CHARTER ITEM 5<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: Peggy Law<br />

Telephone: 01895 277403<br />

The report details a review <strong>of</strong> the Animal Welfare Charter summarising progress and<br />

achievements made since its endorsement in 2001. The report also includes some<br />

proposed amendments to the Charter and a summary <strong>of</strong> draft animal welfare<br />

legislation currently being considered by government.<br />

RECOMMENDATION<br />

That Cabinet:<br />

1. Notes progress being made since the endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter.<br />

2. Agrees to the proposed amendments to the Animal Welfare Charter.<br />

3. Instructs <strong>of</strong>ficers to carry out a review <strong>of</strong> the Charter once the Animal<br />

Welfare legislation is implemented.<br />

REASONS FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />

To ensure that the Charter is kept under review and to take on board the implications<br />

<strong>of</strong> proposed new legislation.<br />

ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

The Cabinet could instruct <strong>of</strong>ficers to carry out further work at this stage.<br />

OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE COMMENTS<br />

The Overview & Scrutiny Committee did not ask to comment on the report.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. The Environment Committee endorsed the Animal Welfare Charter on 2 nd<br />

October 2001, which is appended to this report. It was agreed that the Charter<br />

would be reviewed regularly and if necessary revised from time to time to reflect<br />

changes in legislation and other relevant issues.<br />

2. The recent review is focussed on three areas as follows:<br />

• Progress and achievements made since the endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter<br />

• Amendments to the Charter as a result <strong>of</strong> policy developments and further<br />

comments from the RSPCA<br />

• Recent developments and proposals on animal welfare legislation and the<br />

Hunting Bill.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 83


A Review on Progress and Achievements<br />

3. The following are a summary <strong>of</strong> the progress and achievements made since the<br />

endorsement <strong>of</strong> the Charter:<br />

• A Local Biodiversity Action Plan is being developed to encourage and protect<br />

biodiversity in the borough.<br />

• A general enforcement policy has been developed for enforcement work, which<br />

includes dealing with unlicensed animal boarding and breeding establishments<br />

and licence contraventions. It is anticipated that once the proposed Animal<br />

Welfare Bill becomes an Act, it would enhance local authorities’ role in respect<br />

<strong>of</strong> promoting animal welfare through advice, education, inspection, enforcement<br />

and prosecution.<br />

• In response to many residents who were experiencing problems with urban<br />

foxes, general information and detailed practical advice on the use <strong>of</strong> repellent<br />

to deter foxes has been made available on Council’s website, <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />

and in leaflet form. Further information on responsible dog ownership is to be<br />

introduced on the website. It is hoped that we could continually build on the<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> information and advice available on the website and eventually cover<br />

all aspects <strong>of</strong> animal welfare.<br />

• In order to encourage responsible dog ownership, a publicity campaign<br />

involving the issuing <strong>of</strong> penalty notices for littering and dog fouling is being<br />

planned in conjunction with the police. By consolidating the enforcement<br />

actions, it makes a more effective use <strong>of</strong> the resources and sends a clear<br />

message that such anti-social behaviour is unacceptable.<br />

• Close liaison has been developed between Animal Control Officers (ACO),<br />

Entertainment Licensing Officers and Leisure Services to ensure that ACOs are<br />

informed <strong>of</strong> all forthcoming events involving animals. Whenever possible, ACOs<br />

will attend events where live animals are involved to protect the welfare <strong>of</strong> the<br />

animals.<br />

• For the Animal Welfare Charter to be meaningful, it is important to raise public<br />

awareness on animal welfare issues. It is important to show how the policies in<br />

the Charter are being implemented in a practical way. To this end, an article is<br />

being planned in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People to illustrate some <strong>of</strong> the animal welfare<br />

issues being tackled by our ACOs.<br />

Proposed Amendments to the Charter<br />

4. The following relates to comments received from the RSPCA.<br />

5. In Section 1.2 <strong>of</strong> the Charter as attached, it is probably more appropriate to use<br />

the term ‘animal freedom’ rather than ‘animal rights’ which is <strong>of</strong>ten associated with<br />

animal rights activists whereas the intended meaning is associated with animal<br />

welfare.<br />

6. In section 1.3 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, the five basic freedoms were first developed by the<br />

Farm Animal Welfare Council (FAWC) and have since gained increasing acceptance<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 84


within Government, veterinary and animal welfare groups as the basic principles,<br />

which should govern the care <strong>of</strong> all animals. It is suggested that ‘RSPCA’ should be<br />

replaced with ‘Farm Animal Welfare Council’.<br />

7. The fifth freedom as stipulated by the FAWC is ‘freedom to express normal<br />

behaviour’ and not ‘freedom from unnecessary constraint’.<br />

8. There were other comments made regarding provision <strong>of</strong> further information and<br />

clarifications on licensing <strong>of</strong> pet shops, boarding and breeding establishments, riding<br />

establishments, training <strong>of</strong> staff etc. It is felt that such details should not be in the<br />

Charter but could be made available separately, either as an appendix to the Charter<br />

or as information leaflets and published on our web site. This area <strong>of</strong> work will form<br />

part <strong>of</strong> the next review.<br />

9. Other updates relate to Section 1.1 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, the Animal Control Service<br />

was not included in the Best Value Review in 2002 and the last sentence should be<br />

deleted.<br />

10. In section 2.3 <strong>of</strong> the Charter, it is suggested that the second action concerning<br />

biodiversity should be deleted and replaced with the following. ‘A Local Biodiversity<br />

Action Plan (LBAP) is being produced, which is a plan <strong>of</strong> action for protecting<br />

conserving and enhancing wildlife, at a local level. LBAPs focus resources to<br />

conserve and enhance biodiversity by means <strong>of</strong> local partnerships, taking account <strong>of</strong><br />

both national priorities, including rare and endangered species, and local priorities<br />

identified by local communities’.<br />

Animal Welfare Bill<br />

11. The Government is proposing to introduce an Animal Welfare Bill that would<br />

consolidate the existing animal protection legislation. It is widely acknowledged that<br />

the current laws on animal welfare is fragmented and requires updating.<br />

The main aims <strong>of</strong> the bill are:<br />

• The improvement <strong>of</strong> the enforcement regime and to promote coherent animal<br />

welfare policies.<br />

• Extension <strong>of</strong> the current licensing arrangements operated by local authorities in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> certain businesses that keep animals as part <strong>of</strong> their trade, to include<br />

other types <strong>of</strong> animal establishment.<br />

12. The bill may also enhance local authorities’ role in respect <strong>of</strong> animal health and<br />

welfare and could include provision <strong>of</strong> advice, education, inspection, enforcement<br />

and prosecution. It is recognised that local authorities currently have limited statutory<br />

responsibility for the enforcement <strong>of</strong> animal health and welfare legislation.<br />

13. Once the Animal Welfare Bill becomes an Act, the current scope <strong>of</strong> the Charter<br />

may need to be extended to reflect the legislative changes. It may also be necessary<br />

to re-examine and revise the format <strong>of</strong> the Charter to ensure that policy statements<br />

remain clear and given sufficient emphasis. It is therefore proposed that the Charter<br />

is reviewed and revised once the legislation is implemented.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 85


Hunting Bill<br />

14. The Bill remains in limbo following its passage through the Houses <strong>of</strong> Parliament<br />

last year. It was amended by the Lords to allow hunting to continue under a<br />

registration scheme. When the Bill returned to the House <strong>of</strong> Commons, the<br />

government put forward a late amendment to the Bill, which would have allowed<br />

dogs to continue to be used below ground in certain circumstances. Although the Bill<br />

was left out <strong>of</strong> the Queen’s Speech in November 2003, assurances were given by<br />

government that the hunting issue will be resolved in this parliament.<br />

CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

Finance<br />

15. The recommendations to agree the amendments and to carry out a review have<br />

no financial implications.<br />

Legal<br />

16. Members should note that at present no direct legal issues arise from the report.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

Animal Welfare Charter<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 86


Animal Welfare Charter<br />

1.0 The animal welfare charter provides an opportunity for animal welfare issues<br />

to be promoted and to send a clear message to the community the Council’s<br />

commitment to animal welfare and its strong opposition to cruelty to animals.<br />

1.1 This charter identifies a number <strong>of</strong> areas where the Council can promote and<br />

bring about improvement in the health and welfare <strong>of</strong> animals. To ensure that the<br />

Council delivers on these objectives, an action plan will be drawn up and the<br />

performance reviewed and assessed on a regular basis. The assessment process<br />

will be linked to the Council’s Best Value review programme that encourages the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> best practice and setting <strong>of</strong> achievable targets. The Animal Control Service is<br />

scheduled for Best Value Review in 2002.<br />

1.2 The animal welfare charter will be reviewed regularly and if necessary revised<br />

from time to time to reflect changes in legislation and to address local concerns and<br />

specific topical issues.<br />

1.3 This charter enshrines the rights <strong>of</strong> animals to enjoy the five basic freedoms<br />

as supported by the RSPCA:<br />

♦ freedom from hunger and thirst<br />

♦ freedom from discomfort<br />

♦ freedom from pain, injury or disease<br />

♦ freedom from fear and distress<br />

♦ freedom from unnecessary constraint<br />

These five animal rights will form the guiding principles when formulating council<br />

policies on animal welfare. The charter intends to raise awareness on welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

animals and has been prepared within the overall framework <strong>of</strong> our Local Agenda 21<br />

Strategy and Unitary Development Plan (UDP).<br />

There are animal welfare groups who campaign against cruelty to animals such as<br />

the RSPCA, League Against Cruel Sports and many others. This charter will<br />

concentrate on issues that are directly under the Council’s remit where any action<br />

taken is more likely to make a real difference.<br />

Wildlife and habitat conservation<br />

2.0 The <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> has one <strong>of</strong> the greatest diversity in land<br />

use compared to other <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong>s. It has a unique combination <strong>of</strong><br />

environment, being both rural and urban, with a mix <strong>of</strong> traditional and modern,<br />

industrial and residential developments.<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> has a rich diversity <strong>of</strong> wildlife habitats and species. There are six Sites <strong>of</strong><br />

Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) within the <strong>Borough</strong>. The Council has designated 5<br />

sites within the <strong>Borough</strong> as Local Nature Reserves and the <strong>London</strong> Ecological Unit<br />

has identified a further 11 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> Metropolitan Importance for Nature<br />

Conservation, 42 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Importance and 7 sites as Sites <strong>of</strong> Local<br />

Importance. It is the only <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> with a National Nature Reserve, namely<br />

Ruislip Wood, which represents 10% <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong>’s semi-natural ancient woodland.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 87


Elsewhere in the <strong>Borough</strong>, the Yeading Valley Park Corridor, the open land adjoining<br />

Ickenham and Ruislip, and even narrow strips <strong>of</strong> open land such as the River Pinn<br />

Corridor and the Grand Union Canal, all link together to form ‘Green Chains’ <strong>of</strong> open<br />

land which extend across the <strong>Borough</strong> boundaries, providing wildlife corridor.<br />

2.1 Many <strong>of</strong> the nature sites also contain rich and diverse aquatic wildlife and<br />

include rivers and watercourses in the <strong>Borough</strong> such as River Colne, R. Frays, R.<br />

Pinn and the Grand Union Canal to the west <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> and River Crane and<br />

Yeading Brook to the east.<br />

As part <strong>of</strong> our commitment to LA21, it is important to protect, enhance and manage<br />

these rich habitats, to ensure that plant and animal life thrive in these areas. Local<br />

bio-diversity should be encouraged and development constrained within the carrying<br />

capacity <strong>of</strong> the natural environment.<br />

2.2 The Council is committed to<br />

♦ protect and promote the rich diversity <strong>of</strong> habitats within the borough including the<br />

sites <strong>of</strong> special scientific interest, local and other nature reserves<br />

♦ protect wildlife and maintain bio-diversity in these areas<br />

♦ seek to create new habitats to attract a variety <strong>of</strong> wildlife<br />

2.3 Action<br />

‣ This is being achieved through land use planning policies in the borough’s<br />

Unitary Development Plan. The Council will not permit development which would<br />

adversely affect these habitats and nature conservation as a positive land use is<br />

actively promoted<br />

‣ The Greater <strong>London</strong> Authority (GLA) is due to produce a bio-diversity action plan<br />

for <strong>London</strong>. Public consultation will commence in the near future. Once<br />

published, the plan will form the framework <strong>of</strong> an action plan for encouraging and<br />

protecting bio-diversity in the borough<br />

‣ This area <strong>of</strong> work overlaps with our Local Agenda 21 Strategy for <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. This<br />

strategy is based on our commitment to sustainable development through<br />

protecting and enhancing the environment. The strategy seeks to ensure that the<br />

natural environment, (including the urban natural environment) in the borough is<br />

conserved and enhanced.<br />

Improve animal welfare through inspection, licensing and enforcement<br />

3.0 Improvement and protection <strong>of</strong> animal welfare could be achieved by effective<br />

enforcement <strong>of</strong> licensing conditions. Local authorities have the power under a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> legislation to licence pet shops, breeding and boarding establishments,<br />

riding establishments, zoos and dangerous wild animals.<br />

3.1 Under the Pet Animals Act 1951, pet shops have to be licensed by local<br />

authorities to ensure that the welfare <strong>of</strong> the animals is protected. Problems that may<br />

occur in some pet shops include overcrowding <strong>of</strong> animals, lack <strong>of</strong> adequate exercise,<br />

lack <strong>of</strong> proper supervision, inadequate diet, poor hygiene and lack <strong>of</strong> trained staff.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 88


The Council discourages the selling <strong>of</strong> pets without proper regard to the welfare<br />

needs <strong>of</strong> the animal.<br />

3.2 The Breeding <strong>of</strong> Dogs Act 1973 and Animal Boarding Establishments Act<br />

1963 require these premises to be properly managed having regard to the conditions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the accommodation and the welfare <strong>of</strong> the animals in these establishments. The<br />

Breeding <strong>of</strong> Dogs Act 1991 gives local authority power <strong>of</strong> entry to unlicensed dog<br />

breeding establishments, allowing <strong>of</strong>ficers and vets to seek a warrant to inspect<br />

unlicensed premises.<br />

3.3 In addition to maintaining and improving the welfare <strong>of</strong> animals in these<br />

premises, a significant number <strong>of</strong> animals also pass through Heathrow Airport. It is<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the main routes by which live animals are imported into this country through<br />

the Airport’s Live Animal Border Inspection Post. The UK has adopted the<br />

International Air Transport Association’s Live Animal Regulations, which stipulate<br />

conditions to ensure that proper welfare standards are monitored and met. The<br />

Council will continue working in partnership with City <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong> Corporation to<br />

ensure that the regulations are rigorously enforced and animal welfare standards are<br />

maintained.<br />

3.4 The Council has an important role to play in preventing cruelty to animals<br />

through enforcement. The present legislation on cruelty to animals is based on the<br />

Protection <strong>of</strong> Animal Act 1911. This has been reinforced over the years by other Acts<br />

<strong>of</strong> Parliament and by statutory regulations. Some parts <strong>of</strong> the legislation apply only to<br />

dogs, whilst other parts apply to other domestic animals and wildlife. The Council will<br />

assist and work in partnership with RSPCA to investigate and whenever possible<br />

prosecute those who perform acts <strong>of</strong> cruelty to animals.<br />

3.5 The Council will<br />

♦ undertake animal welfare inspections to ensure that licensing conditions are met<br />

so as to secure the health and welfare <strong>of</strong> animals in pet shops, in boarding and<br />

breeding establishments. These conditions would seek to ensure such measures<br />

as suitable accommodation, adequate food and drink, precautions to prevent the<br />

spread <strong>of</strong> disease and suitable emergency procedures.<br />

♦ promote responsible ownership <strong>of</strong> exotic pets through licensing conditions.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> the animals are also listed under the Dangerous Wild Animals Act<br />

♦ in conjunction with veterinary <strong>of</strong>ficers, continue to ensure that horse-riding<br />

establishments comply with licensing conditions. Under the Riding<br />

Establishments Act 1964, there is a requirement for riding establishment to be<br />

licensed and regular inspections carried out by a veterinary surgeon.<br />

♦ take enforcement action to counter unlicensed premises and contravention <strong>of</strong><br />

licence conditions<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 89


♦ continue our partnership with City <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong> Corporation to ensure that proper<br />

health and welfare standards <strong>of</strong> all animals imported through Heathrow Airport’s<br />

Live Animal Border Inspection Post are maintained<br />

♦ The Council will assist and work in partnership with RSPCA to investigate and<br />

whenever possible prosecute those who perform acts <strong>of</strong> cruelty to animals<br />

3.6 Action<br />

‣ Review and consolidate existing licensing conditions on pet shops, boarding,<br />

breeding and riding establishments to ensure they meet animal welfare needs.<br />

‣ Develop a robust enforcement policy to deal with unlicensed premises and<br />

licence contraventions<br />

Provision <strong>of</strong> Animal Control Service<br />

4.0 One <strong>of</strong> the key functions <strong>of</strong> the Animal Control Service is to collect stray dogs<br />

and ensure that they are treated in a humane manner and are not subjected to any<br />

further stress or discomfort. On average, the Council collects about 20 stray dogs<br />

per week. Our aim is to actively promote responsible dog ownership and to reduce<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> stray dogs in the <strong>Borough</strong>. As part <strong>of</strong> our campaign, the Council aims<br />

to provide an information pack to raise public awareness on the benefits <strong>of</strong><br />

mircochipping and the neutering <strong>of</strong> cats and dogs. Pet ownership is a partnership<br />

that combines pleasure with responsibility.<br />

4.1 The Council currently provides a microchip implant service for pets and is<br />

being publicised in pet shops and public places. Each microchip is given a unique<br />

number, which is linked to a national microchip identification database. The system<br />

is one <strong>of</strong> the quickest ways <strong>of</strong> returning any lost animal back to its owner.<br />

4.2 The Animal Control Officers also ensure that all reported injured or sick<br />

animals and wildlife receive proper treatment and that they are relieved <strong>of</strong> any pain<br />

and suffering as soon as practicable. Complaints <strong>of</strong> cruelty to domesticated animals;<br />

wildlife and exotic species within the <strong>Borough</strong> are always thoroughly investigated in<br />

conjunction with RSPCA and other welfare organisations with a view to possible<br />

prosecutions.<br />

4.3 The Animal Control Service also plays an important part in providing advice<br />

and support to members <strong>of</strong> the public on aspects <strong>of</strong> less common species <strong>of</strong> animals<br />

such as the removal and re-siting <strong>of</strong> poisonous adder snakes from sensitive areas to<br />

safe areas. Officers will work with the relevant organisations to protect badgers from<br />

disturbance and interference. Practical support is also given to other departments <strong>of</strong><br />

the Council and agencies on evictions involving animals and transport <strong>of</strong> live<br />

animals.<br />

4.4 The Council will<br />

♦ continue to fund and operate a animal control service incorporating animal<br />

welfare as a key element <strong>of</strong> the service<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 90


♦ actively encourage responsible dog ownership by producing an information pact<br />

to raise public awareness<br />

♦ continue to fulfil our legal obligation on the collection and kennelling <strong>of</strong> stray dogs<br />

in the borough<br />

♦ enforce against owners <strong>of</strong> dogs who fail to clear up after their dogs<br />

♦ provide advice on all aspects <strong>of</strong> animal welfare<br />

♦ continue to provide microchip implant service for animals<br />

♦ provide support for removal <strong>of</strong> animals when evictions are carried out<br />

♦ promote responsible pet ownership by enforcement and raising public awareness<br />

4.5 Action<br />

‣ Publicise the microchip implant service by distribution <strong>of</strong> leaflets and public<br />

awareness campaigns<br />

‣ Introduce initiatives to promote animal welfare and responsible dog ownership.<br />

Advice and information on animal welfare to be made more accessible to the<br />

public via the internet<br />

‣ Produce an information pack to encourage responsible pet ownership and<br />

highlight the importance <strong>of</strong> the following:<br />

a) Microhipping<br />

b) Neutering <strong>of</strong> cats and dogs<br />

c) Meeting the welfare needs <strong>of</strong> the animals<br />

d) Social responsibilities such as keeping dogs under control in public places,<br />

clean up after their dogs and making sure that they do not cause a noise<br />

nuisance to neighbours by persistent barking<br />

Influence the use <strong>of</strong> Council land for events to ensure good animal welfare<br />

practice<br />

5.0 As landowners, local authorities have the power to refuse permission for<br />

certain activities to take place on their land. These activities include hunting with<br />

dogs, animal circuses, tethering <strong>of</strong> horses and ponies and giving animal prizes.<br />

Hunting with dogs include a range <strong>of</strong> activities such as fox hunting, stag hunting and<br />

hare coursing. In hare coursing, beagles or harriers are used to chase the hare and<br />

the aim is not to kill the hare – although some are caught and killed, but to test the<br />

speed and agility <strong>of</strong> the dogs.<br />

5.1 Hunting with dogs is considered by many, including the RSPCA and other<br />

animal welfare organisations, to be cruel. A number <strong>of</strong> options are currently being<br />

considered by Government, which includes a complete ban on hunting with dogs, or<br />

allow only licensed events. The Youth and Leisure Sub-Committee in 1999<br />

supported a ban on activities relating to hunting with dogs at all future Middlesex<br />

Country Show which takes place annually in the <strong>Borough</strong>.<br />

5.2 In respect <strong>of</strong> animal circuses, the Leisure Sub-Committee on 10 October 1995<br />

reviewed the policy on the letting <strong>of</strong> Council owned sites to circuses. The committee<br />

resolved that sites be let only to circuses which are members <strong>of</strong> the Association <strong>of</strong><br />

Circus Proprietors and that do not include live animal acts in their programmes.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 91


5.3 The Council will enforce the Protection Against Cruel Tethering Act 1988 and<br />

will not allow tethering <strong>of</strong> horses and ponies as a method <strong>of</strong> keeping equines on a<br />

permanent basis when there is no regular daily exercise. If tethering is temporary or<br />

regular daily exercise is provided then Code <strong>of</strong> Practice for tethering horses and<br />

ponies should be followed.<br />

5.4 The Council will<br />

♦ ensure that where animals are involved in public display or performances, their<br />

welfare and conditions are inspected and regulated<br />

♦ ban animal circuses from council owned sites where it is legal to do so and it is<br />

supported by local interested groups<br />

♦ enforce the Protection Against Cruel Tethering Act 1988<br />

♦ discourage animals being given as prizes usually with little or no preparation for<br />

the welfare needs <strong>of</strong> the animal<br />

♦ oppose the use <strong>of</strong> all snares and traps to control pests which would cause<br />

unnecessary suffering<br />

5.5 Action<br />

‣ Closer liaison with entertainment licensing <strong>of</strong>ficers and leisure services to ensure<br />

that events involving performing animals are monitored<br />

‣ Review current policies on the use <strong>of</strong> Council land for events involving animals.<br />

Where it is lawful to do so, incorporate relevant policies to protect the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

animals<br />

Ensure that animal welfare is considered in Council policies when carrying out<br />

its functions either as service provider or as purchaser <strong>of</strong> goods and services<br />

6.0 The Council will<br />

♦ ensure that all pest control treatments are carried out humanely and by trained<br />

and experienced operatives<br />

♦ introduce animal welfare measures into council emergency plans<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 92


HILLINGDON BOROUGH TRANSPORT<br />

STRATEGY: RESPONSE TO THE PRELIMINARY<br />

CONSULTATION<br />

ITEM 6<br />

Contact Officers: Janet Rangeley/Veronica Pinto<br />

Telephone: 01895 250553/01895 250000 ext 2449<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Since July 2003, <strong>of</strong>ficers have been developing the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Part<br />

<strong>of</strong> this has included undertaking preliminary consultations with a diversity <strong>of</strong><br />

organisations and individuals within the <strong>Borough</strong>’s business and residential<br />

community to assist in the identification <strong>of</strong> the key issues affecting the community<br />

and the priorities for the strategy’s action plan. This report provides Cabinet with<br />

details <strong>of</strong> the outcomes <strong>of</strong> the preliminary consultations and informs members <strong>of</strong> the<br />

next stages and timetable for progressing towards the target date for adoption <strong>of</strong><br />

June/July2004.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

That Cabinet:<br />

(a) Agrees the contents <strong>of</strong> the report,<br />

(b) approves the timetable for the next stages in preparing the <strong>Borough</strong><br />

Transport Strategy as detailed in paragraph 14 <strong>of</strong> the report, and<br />

(c) requests <strong>of</strong>ficers to bring the draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy to the next<br />

meeting <strong>of</strong> Cabinet for consideration for formal consultation purposes.<br />

REASON FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

The <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy will provide:-<br />

• an essential framework for the Council’s <strong>Borough</strong> Spending Plan,<br />

• a contribution to the emerging Local Development Framework, and<br />

• a significant component to implementing the Council’s Community Plan. As<br />

such, it has been included as a medium term objective in the Leader’s<br />

Statement and a target date <strong>of</strong> June/July 2004 set for the adoption <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Strategy.<br />

In order to meet this timescale and for Cabinet to gain an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the issues,<br />

as identified by the <strong>Borough</strong>’s community prior to considering the draft Transport<br />

Strategy <strong>of</strong>ficers, have submitted this report for consideration.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

There are none.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 93


OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMENT<br />

This Cabinet report on the response to the preliminary consultation will be on the<br />

agenda for the proposed Overview and Scrutiny meeting <strong>of</strong> 1sr March and any<br />

comments will be reported to the Cabinet meeting on 4 th March.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. In May/June 2003, work commenced on preparing <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s <strong>Borough</strong><br />

Transport Strategy (BTS). Two <strong>of</strong>ficer working groups have been established to<br />

ensure that the strategy is both a corporate document and also provides the<br />

framework for the future bids within the Council’s Annual <strong>Borough</strong> Spending Plan<br />

submission.<br />

(a) a representative Internal Working Group comprising <strong>of</strong> Council <strong>of</strong>ficers meets<br />

regularly to provide input on detailed transport issues into the Strategy,<br />

including parking, air quality, cycling, road safety, planning, traffic management,<br />

etc. Secondly, and in conjunction with this, a Corporate Steering Group has<br />

been established to ensure that the different issues such as health, education<br />

and air quality are integrated into the Strategy, and<br />

(b) practical issues highlighted by the Internal Working Group are considered by<br />

corporate heads, local-strategic partners and stakeholders such as HAVS<br />

(<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Voluntary Services) and Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and taken<br />

forward into the various themes <strong>of</strong> the emerging strategy.<br />

2. Both these groups have been instrumental in developing the preliminary<br />

consultation for the Transport Strategy, which is detailed in paragraphs 2 to 13 <strong>of</strong> this<br />

report. The strategy once adopted will contribute to the Council’s Local<br />

Implementation Plan for Transport - a requirement <strong>of</strong> Local Authorities by Central<br />

Government.<br />

Preliminary Consultation<br />

3. The overarching themes <strong>of</strong> the Transport Strategy are to be based on the<br />

Community Plan objectives. In order to establish the key issues facing the borough’s<br />

business and residential community, a period <strong>of</strong> preliminary consultation has been<br />

undertaken between June 2003 and January 2004. The outcome <strong>of</strong> this consultation<br />

is detailed in the report and the key issues, concerns and comments raised have<br />

enabled priorities to be identified in developing the Strategy. Many <strong>of</strong> the local details<br />

(topic and location) are being considered as <strong>of</strong>ficers prepare the transport action<br />

plan which is the implementation element <strong>of</strong> the Strategy.<br />

4. In developing the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Transport Strategy, extensive public consultation has<br />

been conducted to reach as many stakeholders as possible. Briefly, consultation<br />

exercises have involved:<br />

• Stakeholder meetings undertaken with key groups, including the Hayes Town<br />

Partnership, Uxbridge Initiative, the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Cycling Working Group,<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 94


<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce and DASH in the <strong>Borough</strong> initiated the<br />

consultation process.<br />

• Public Consultation with <strong>Borough</strong> residents and tenants associations (see<br />

Appendix 1.<br />

• An Internet questionnaire linked to an article in ‘<strong>Hillingdon</strong> People’.<br />

• A very successful <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference in November 2003 with a<br />

cross representation <strong>of</strong> interests (see Appendix 2)<br />

• Presentations made to the Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee<br />

which has the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy as part <strong>of</strong> its work programme for<br />

2003/04.<br />

5. On the 24 th November 2003, the <strong>Borough</strong> hosted its first conference on transport<br />

in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Nearly 100 delegates represented transport users and operators and<br />

included Transport for <strong>London</strong>, Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and Primary Care Trust (PCT), the<br />

Disablement Association <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> (DASH), <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Carers, Metropolitan<br />

Police, BME groups, <strong>London</strong> Cycling Campaign, HAVS, the Uxbridge Initiative, BAA<br />

and other local businesses. Comments and issues arising from the earlier<br />

preliminary consultations with some <strong>of</strong> the key stakeholders held June – September<br />

2003, were instrumental in developing the themes and workshops at the Conference.<br />

Presentations were given on:-<br />

• the need for and the context to the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy;<br />

• the participation process for developing the Strategy.<br />

• freight<br />

• mobility<br />

• Green Travel Plans<br />

• Safer Routes to School, and<br />

• Health.<br />

6. These were followed by five workshops on the following themes:-<br />

• Air quality and transportation<br />

• Business<br />

• General accessibility issues<br />

• Parking<br />

• Public transport<br />

7. Details <strong>of</strong> the outcomes from the various workshops are contained in Appendix 3,<br />

but the main issues focused on:-<br />

• local flexibility <strong>of</strong> the parking standards,<br />

• better enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking regulations particularly along bus lanes and at<br />

bus stops to allow the free flow <strong>of</strong> traffic.<br />

• Costly parking fees, including those for <strong>London</strong> Underground.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 95


• Promote park and ride (for local commuters) as it could be effective<br />

• Parking controls (particularly Parking Management Areas for residential areas)<br />

and enforcement<br />

• Local bus services successful especially at Hayes, but poor links north-south.<br />

• Need for schools to plan for public transport access to them and encourage<br />

school travel plans.<br />

• Need for improvements to public transport for disabled people, the elderly and<br />

young families<br />

• Need to promote clean vehicles<br />

• Better integration <strong>of</strong> the transport system, encouraging the use <strong>of</strong> canals and<br />

waterways.<br />

• Concentrate on local transport initiatives<br />

• Undertake disability audit and set up a mobility forum<br />

• Improved design <strong>of</strong> disabled persons parking spaces<br />

• Better public transport information and access to it<br />

• Encourage green travel plans for local businesses<br />

• 20mph zones (home zones) to be identified<br />

• need for a heavy commercial vehicles strategy to deal with problems <strong>of</strong> freight<br />

on <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s roads<br />

• freight vehicles in bus lanes contribute to congestion<br />

• public transport linkages to the west (into the Counties) need to be improved.<br />

8. Overall, the feedback from the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference has been very<br />

positive. Many key issues have been identified and discussed and will be invaluable<br />

in developing the Transport Strategy. The Conference was successful as a platform<br />

for engaging stakeholders in developing the Transport Strategy and many delegates<br />

have expressed an interest in further transport discussion forums as the strategy<br />

emerges. Officers are currently considering the detailed outcome from the various<br />

workshops and other consultations<br />

Stakeholder Consultation<br />

9. A range <strong>of</strong> interest groups, residents associations and individuals has been<br />

consulted on the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. More recently <strong>of</strong>ficers have been able<br />

to consult those groups who were unable to attend the Conference. This has<br />

included a presentation to the Connecting Communities Consortium, the translation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Transport Strategy website questionnaire into minority languages and a link to<br />

the Transport Strategy website in the HAVS website which will enable responses to<br />

the Strategy questionnaire from minority groups. In December 2003, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

contributed to the motorists’ forum now established and will be considering how<br />

issues raised at the first and subsequent meetings can be incorporated into the<br />

emerging strategy. Further consultation involves <strong>of</strong>ficers making a presentation and<br />

holding a discussion session at the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Council Conference and the<br />

Joint Strategy Group for Physical and Sensory Disabilities in February 2004 and are<br />

currently investigating involvement in the Voluntary Services Health and Social<br />

Carers Forum, the Disability Forum and the Older Persons Assembly.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 96


Local Residents Groups / Associations<br />

10. The consultant commissioned to assist in the consultation part <strong>of</strong> developing the<br />

strategy has met with various local tenants and residents associations (see Appendix<br />

1 to this report) and will complete this work by the end <strong>of</strong> January. Cabinet should<br />

note that the list is not comprehensive as it reflects only those groups which<br />

responded to the invitation from the consultant to attend their meetings to consult on<br />

the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Officers are keen to extend this consultation to<br />

other residents’ associations and local groups during the formal consultation period<br />

proposed for mid April to late May In a structured approach, the consultant sought<br />

views on the following six overall objectives:<br />

• To improve safety<br />

• To improve health and the general quality <strong>of</strong> life in local streets<br />

• To improve the overall reliability <strong>of</strong> the transport system<br />

• To improve access to transport<br />

• To promote economic regeneration and support local business<br />

• To encourage greater use <strong>of</strong> public transport, cycling and walking<br />

• To achieve greater understanding <strong>of</strong> the issues and greater consensus on the<br />

way forward<br />

11. The key findings from this consultation exercise include:-<br />

• the need to improve safety through accident reduction and enforcement <strong>of</strong> lower<br />

speeds,<br />

• improve reliability <strong>of</strong> and access to public transport,<br />

• the provision <strong>of</strong> short term parking to support local shops, and<br />

• the opposition to cycle lanes.<br />

Questionnaires<br />

12. The local community and interest groups have been able to provide comments<br />

on transport in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> via an on-line questionnaire and a similar hard-copy<br />

questionnaire, in connection with the first in a series <strong>of</strong> articles in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />

(October/November 2003 issue). 77 responses were received on-line and 16 people<br />

completed the hard-copy questionnaire. Although not a statistically valid sample, to<br />

date, the questionnaires have provided a useful insight into the public view <strong>of</strong><br />

transport in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. Respondents rated the public transport in the <strong>Borough</strong> as<br />

average and commented on the bus and tube services, lack <strong>of</strong> good north-south<br />

links, and the continuity and reliability <strong>of</strong> the public transport service.<br />

13. From the questionnaire analysis, four key challenges / issues facing those<br />

travelling in the <strong>Borough</strong> were identified as:<br />

• Congestion;<br />

• Need to improve the public transport system;<br />

• Traffic calming / safety; and<br />

• Parking and related issues<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 97


14. The most frequently raised issues included:<br />

• The continued promotion <strong>of</strong> walking and cycling initiatives<br />

• The provision <strong>of</strong> cheap all-day car parks<br />

• Regard for motorists<br />

• West <strong>London</strong> Tram<br />

15. Together with the analysis <strong>of</strong> consultation responses from local residents<br />

associations, a summary <strong>of</strong> which will be included in the next issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

People (February/March 2004), the feedback from questionnaires will be considered<br />

as part <strong>of</strong> the emerging <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy. Further responses to the<br />

Strategy questionnaire are expected in the future as a link to the questionnaire is<br />

currently available on the HAVS website.<br />

Transport Operators<br />

16. Officers are due to seek views/discuss the transport strategy with transport<br />

operators and will be integrating comments and operator priorities into the emerging<br />

strategy for further consideration.<br />

Next Stages<br />

17. As indicated in the paragraph containing the reason for the <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />

recommendations in this report, there is a commitment to achieve the adoption <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy by June/July 2004. Table 1 below details the stages<br />

towards meeting that target.<br />

Table 1<br />

STAGES<br />

TIMESCALE<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Council Conference: Presentation and discussion 26 February 2004<br />

(am)<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Assembly for Physically Disabled and Sensory Impaired<br />

People<br />

Prepare for advertising consultation programme in: <strong>Hillingdon</strong> People<br />

in the April/May issue, other publications, and the Transport Strategy<br />

website<br />

Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee:<br />

Consideration <strong>of</strong> 4 th March Cabinet report on response to the<br />

preliminary consultation<br />

26 February 2004<br />

(pm)<br />

March 2004<br />

1 st March 2004<br />

Cabinet :Consider the report on preliminary consultation response 4 th March 2004<br />

Environment Overview and Scrutiny: consider Cabinet report on<br />

draft Transport Strategy<br />

29 th March 2004<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 98


All Members seminar on the content <strong>of</strong> the draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport<br />

Strategy (BTS) and programme <strong>of</strong> consultation as contained in the<br />

1 st April Cabinet report.<br />

Cabinet: consider draft <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy for formal<br />

consultation<br />

Formal consultation on the draft BTS<br />

30 th March 2004<br />

7-9pm<br />

1 st April 2004<br />

Mid April– mid/late<br />

May 2004<br />

Presentation to and consultation with the Local Strategic Partnership 19 April 2004<br />

Environment Overview and Scrutiny Committee: consider Cabinet<br />

report on the final Transport Strategy for adoption<br />

June 2004<br />

Cabinet : consider final Transport Strategy for adoption June 2004<br />

BOROUGH SOLICITOR’S COMMENTS<br />

18. There are none to be reported at this stage in the preparation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong><br />

Transport Strategy.<br />

DIRECTOR OF FINANCE COMMENTS<br />

19. All <strong>of</strong> the costs incurred in preparing the strategy are being met from existing<br />

Planning and Transportation Services’ budgets and also from the Parking Revenue<br />

Account, which has funding ring-fenced specifically to meet the costs <strong>of</strong> preparing<br />

the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport Strategy.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

<strong>Borough</strong> Transport Conference 24 th November 2003: feedback from the workshops.<br />

Consultant’s analyses <strong>of</strong> comments from individual questionnaires and residents and<br />

tenants’ association meetings.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 99


APPENDIX 1<br />

Residents and Tenants Associations consulted September 2003 – January 2004.<br />

• Hayes Town Centre Residents Association<br />

• Cranford Cross Residents Association<br />

• Harefield Tenants and Residents Association<br />

• Whitehall Residents Association<br />

• Harmondworth and Sipson Residents Association<br />

• Harlington Residents Association<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Alliance <strong>of</strong> Residents Associations<br />

• North Uxbridge Residents Association<br />

• Northwood Hills Residents Association<br />

• Violet Avenue Tenants and Residents Association<br />

• Northwood Residents Association<br />

• <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Tenants and Residents Association.<br />

Residents and Tenants Associations that did not respond are:<br />

• Home Farm Residents Association<br />

• North Hayes<br />

• Colham Green<br />

• The Larches<br />

• Oak Farm<br />

• Pastures Mead<br />

• Vine Lane<br />

• West Ruislip Commuters Association<br />

• Ferndale Area<br />

• Glebe<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 100


HILLINGDON BOROUGH TRANSPORT CONFERENCE: INVITEES<br />

APPENDIX 2<br />

Councillors<br />

NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Cllr Mike Heywood 26/9/03<br />

Overview and Scrutiny<br />

Cllr Baker 26/9/03 Yes Member bbaker@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Cllr Peter Ryderson 26/9/03 Yes Member<br />

Cllr Bishop 26/9/03 Yes Member 01923 826610 dbishop@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Cllr. N. Nunn-Price 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 478916 Nnunn-price@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Cllr. R. Puddifoot 26/9/03 No<br />

Cllr S.Stone 26/9/03 Yes Member cllsstone@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Cllr D. Routledge 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 27050<br />

Cllr A. Banks 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 436112<br />

Cllr J Rhodes 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895 234348<br />

Cllr John Hensley No Member<br />

Cllr Harmsworth 26/9/03 No Member 01895 250127<br />

Cllr John Major 26/9/03 Yes Member 01895250780<br />

Cllr Lakham Yes Member<br />

Cllr R. Barnes 26/09/03 No Member<br />

Cllr S. Jenkins 26/09/03 Yes Member sj@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Cllr J. O’Neill 26/09/03 Yes Member 01895676501 Jo’neill@<strong>Hillingdon</strong>.gov.uk<br />

Cllr Paramit Sethi Yes Member<br />

Cllr Phoday Jarjussey Yes Member<br />

Chief Officers<br />

Chief Executive 26/9/03<br />

Ruth Willis 26/9/03<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 101


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Jean Palmer 26/9/03<br />

Philomena Bach 26/9/03<br />

Brian Murrell 26/9/03<br />

Council Officers<br />

Janet Rangeley 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Veronica Pinto 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Tom Fisher 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Gary Collier 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Mary Worrall 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Chandra Raval 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Jack Webster 22/9/03<br />

Sabeeha Mannan 22/9/03<br />

Shane Brackenbury 22/9/03<br />

Elaine Carter 22/9/03<br />

Julie Evans 22/9/03 Yes Education Youth<br />

7697 jdevans@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

Leisure<br />

Denis Judge 22/9/03<br />

Paul Williams 22/9/03<br />

Peter Friend 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Nigel Coates 22/9/03 No<br />

Andy Codd 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Wendy Rogers 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Val Beale 22/9/03<br />

Peggy Law 22/9/03<br />

Doug Williamson 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Jonathan Westell 22/9/03<br />

Andy Stubbs 22/9/03 Yes 01895 251281 astubbs@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 102


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

MPs<br />

John Randall 22/9/03 Yes<br />

John McDonnell 22/9/03 Yes 02085690010<br />

John Wilkinson 22/9/03 Yes johnwilkinson@parliament.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 103


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

STAKEHOLDER GROUPS<br />

Arandale Couriers<br />

Piers Scrimshaw-Wright 22/9/03 Arlington House<br />

0118 930 4141 p.scrimshaw_wright@arlington.co.uk<br />

Arlington Business Park<br />

Theale, Reading<br />

RG7 4SA<br />

Arriva the Shires and Essex<br />

Nick Knox No 934-974 Marchwood House<br />

01923662325<br />

Watford<br />

Herfordshire<br />

WD25 9NN<br />

Tony Tallant 20/10/03 General Manager(Buckinghamshire)<br />

Arriva the Shires Ltd<br />

Newlands Bus Station<br />

High Wycombe<br />

Bucks HP11 2HU<br />

BAA<br />

Andy Wadham 22/9/03 No BAA<br />

8745 6169<br />

Heathrow Point West<br />

234 Bath Rd<br />

Harlington<br />

UB3 5AP<br />

Nicola Hooper 13/10/03 Yes BAA Heathrow 0208745 5966 Nicola_hooper@baa.com<br />

BA<br />

Steve Smith 22/9/03 Airport Policy Manager<br />

8738 9808<br />

British Airways<br />

Waterside (HDA3)<br />

PO Box 365<br />

Harmondsworth<br />

MIDDX UB7 0GB<br />

British Waterways<br />

Annie Hilder 29/9/03 Landscape Architect<br />

British Waterways<br />

The Toll House<br />

Delamere Terrace<br />

Little Venice<br />

<strong>London</strong> W2 6ND<br />

3552<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 104


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Brownes Minibuses<br />

Eddie/Pam Brownes 22/9/03 10 Old Orchard Close<br />

01895 440145<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

UB8 3LH<br />

Capital Call<br />

Paul Jones 22/9/03 Transport Co-ordination Centre<br />

7275 2446 Capitalcall@hackneyct.org<br />

C/o HCT<br />

Ash Grove bus depot, Mare Street, LONDON, E8<br />

4RH<br />

Chiltern Railways<br />

Steward Yateman Great Central House<br />

02073333032<br />

Marylebone Station<br />

Melcombe Place<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

NW1 6JJ<br />

Connecting Communities / <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Muslin Council<br />

Mr Amir Ahmed 22/09/03 15/10/03<br />

Yes<br />

DASH<br />

Angela Wegener 22/9/03 Yes, e-mail<br />

reply<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Muslin Council<br />

5 Harries Road<br />

Hayes<br />

UB4 9DD<br />

Wood End Centre<br />

Judge Heath Lane<br />

Hayes<br />

Middx<br />

UB3 2PB<br />

02088418097<br />

Fax<br />

02085811424<br />

8848 8319 Info@dash.org.uk<br />

Pauline Cooper 22/9/03 Yes 01895 672568 Pauline@cooper63.fslife.<br />

co.uk<br />

Freight Quality Partnership<br />

Mike Slinn 22/9/03 MVA House<br />

Victoria Way<br />

Woking<br />

Surrey<br />

GU21 6DD<br />

Friends <strong>of</strong> the Earth<br />

22/9/03 Rosemary Bennett, 3 Rectory Way, Ickenham,<br />

UB10 8BP<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 105


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

HAVS<br />

Carol Coventry 22/9/03 Key House<br />

01895 442722<br />

106 High Street<br />

Yiewsley<br />

UB7 7BQ<br />

J. Betteridge Yes 01895442929 jenib@havs.org.uk<br />

Hayes Town Centre Partnership<br />

Mohammed Haniff 22/9/03 Yes Hayes Town Centre Manager<br />

02088137733 mhaniff@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

72-74 Station Rd<br />

Hayes<br />

Heathrow Airport<br />

Roads Policy Officer Heathrow Point<br />

234 Bath Road<br />

MIDDX<br />

UB3 5AP<br />

Heathrow Area Transport Forum<br />

Alastair Duff 29/9/03 Westward House<br />

155-157 Staines Rd<br />

Hounslow<br />

Middx TW3 3JB<br />

Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Angela Flux 30/9/03 Fountains Mill<br />

81 High Street<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Dr. Hilary Pickles Yes Director <strong>of</strong> Public Health 01895452045 Hiliary.pickles@hillingdon.nhs.uk<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />

Mike Langan 22/9/03 Yes 19 Station Rd, Hayes<br />

UB3 4BD<br />

0208 5691197 info@hillingdonchamber.com<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Chat<br />

6/10/03 webmaster@hillingdonchat.com<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Community Transport<br />

John Reid 30/9/03 General Manager<br />

Harlington Road Depot<br />

Block B<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Cycling Forum<br />

Steve Ayres 22/9/03 Yes 90 Hercies Rd<br />

UB10 9ND<br />

01895 230953 Steve1.ayres@hotmail.com<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 106


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Beryl Bell 22/9/03 No 1 Leven Way<br />

colinberyl@compuserve.com<br />

Hayes<br />

UB3 2SR<br />

Cliff Jones 22/9/03 Yes 18 Pepys Close<br />

01895 638317 Cliff.jones@btinternet.com<br />

UB10 8NL<br />

Sarah James 22/9/03 29/9/03<br />

Yes<br />

64 Bridle Rd<br />

HA5 2SH<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital NHS Trust<br />

Wendy Scarr Yes 01895279961 wendy.scar@thh.nhs.uk<br />

Tina Dinch 13/10/03 Yes 01895 279856 tina.dench@thh.nhs.uk<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Primary Care Trust<br />

Dr Hilary Pickles<br />

Yes 01895 452045 hilary.pickles@hillingdon.<br />

Director Public Health<br />

Shirley Goodwin 22/9/03 Yes <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Primary Care Trust<br />

Kirk House<br />

97-109 High Street<br />

Yiewsley<br />

West Drayton, MIDDX, UB7 7HJ<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Times and Gazette<br />

Rachel Sharp 6/10/03 Yes Bucks Free Press & Times Group<br />

Gomm Road<br />

High Wycombe<br />

Bucks HP13 7DW<br />

Hindu Cultural Association<br />

Anil Mitra 3/10/03 Yes<br />

10/10/03<br />

gov.uk<br />

01895 452094 shirley.goodman@hillingdon.gov.uk<br />

01494755112 rsharp@london.newsquest.co.uk<br />

01494677916?<br />

Dr. Bhargava 3/10/03 Yes<br />

10/10/03<br />

IBM<br />

Les Johns Yes<br />

23/10/03<br />

Global Logistics Procurement & Projects Manager<br />

UK & Ireland<br />

IBM Integrated Supply Chain (ISC)<br />

Greenford<br />

01895676939<br />

020 88325213 JOHNSL3@UK.IBM.COM<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 107


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Liftshare<br />

Marcus Seaman 22/9/03 Yes<br />

25/9/03<br />

marcus@liftshare.com<br />

Butterfly Hall<br />

Attleborough<br />

Norfolk<br />

NR17 1AB<br />

Gateway Enterprise<br />

Jay Seeburrun 22/9/03 Unit K<br />

International House<br />

Bridge Park<br />

Southall UB2 4AB<br />

Groundwork Thames Valley<br />

Keren Jones 22/9/03 Colne Valley Park Centre<br />

Denham Court Drive<br />

Denham<br />

UB9 5PG<br />

HACCA<br />

Heather Callender Yes HACCA 02085820664<br />

The Licensed Taxi Drivers Association<br />

The General Secretary 9-11 Wood Field Road<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

W9 2AB<br />

Living Streets<br />

Paul Holdsworth 22/9/03 31-33 Bondway<br />

<strong>London</strong>, SW8 1SJ<br />

<strong>London</strong> Ambulance Service<br />

David Court Yes Royal Lane<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

MIDDX<br />

UB8 3QX<br />

<strong>London</strong> Buses Operating Services<br />

Adrian Dempsey Area Traffic Controller NW<br />

Bakers Road<br />

Uxbridge, Middlesex<br />

LFB<br />

R. Goodman-Brown No 02085680199<br />

<strong>London</strong> Fire Emergency Planning Authority<br />

Marion House<br />

61 Staines Road<br />

Hounslow<br />

Middlesex TW3 3JQ<br />

8917 9286 jayseeburrun@jjewel.com<br />

7820 1010 Info@livingstreets.org.uk<br />

01895 255242 david.court@lond-amb.nhs.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 108


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

<strong>London</strong> Buses<br />

Jeff Tucker 22/9/03 First Uxbridge Garage<br />

01895 236598<br />

Bakers Court<br />

Uxbridge MIDDX<br />

UB8 1RJ<br />

George Goodridge First Uxbridge Garage<br />

01895 258647 Adrain.Dempsey@tfl-buses.co.uk<br />

Bakers Court<br />

Uxbridge MIDDX<br />

UB8 1RJ<br />

Many Shades <strong>of</strong> Green<br />

Denise Chetram Yes<br />

01895422333<br />

10/10//03<br />

Metroline<br />

Norman Law 118-122 College Road<br />

020 82188888<br />

Harrow<br />

Middlesex<br />

HA1 1DB<br />

Metronet<br />

Roger Hedley 22/9/03 Metronet<br />

02079326200<br />

40 Melton St<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

NW1 2EE<br />

Metropolitan Police<br />

Mark Toland 22/9/03 <strong>Borough</strong> Commander<br />

8246 1492<br />

Uxbridge Police Station<br />

1 Warwick Place<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middlesex UB8 1RG<br />

Chief Inspector Ian Brooks 10/10/03 Yes Metropolitan Police<br />

02082469801 Ian.brooks@met.police.uk<br />

Alperton Road<br />

Middlesex HA0 1EW (sent by e mail)<br />

PC Paul Richards Yes NW Partnership Focus Desk<br />

02082469811 Paul.Richards@met.police.uk<br />

Athlon Road<br />

Alperton<br />

Wembley<br />

Middlesex<br />

HA1 1EW<br />

Mick Morris Yes 02082461473 Mick.m.morris@met.police.uk<br />

NOTRAG<br />

No Gill Cannon gill.cannon@infonotrag.org.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 109


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Christine Taylor 6/10/03 Yes 22 Raywood Close<br />

02085648345 mathewstc@aol.com<br />

Harlington UB3 5NL<br />

Older People’s Forum<br />

Surgit S Gill<br />

Open Spaces Society<br />

David Williams 22/9/03 30 Sweetcr<strong>of</strong>t Lane<br />

Uxbridge<br />

UB10 9LE<br />

Securiplan<br />

6/10/03 Chevron House<br />

346 Long Lane<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Stockley Park Consortium<br />

Robert Burlumi 22/9/03 Operations Director<br />

01895 444100 Robert_burlumi@stockleypark.co.uk<br />

Stockley Park Consortium<br />

The Management Suite<br />

5 Ironbridge Road<br />

Stockley Park<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middlesex<br />

UB11 1HB<br />

Andrew Van Der Mersch 22/9/03 Stockley Park<br />

Stockley Park Consortium<br />

The Management Suite<br />

5 Ironbridge Rd<br />

Stockley Park<br />

Uxbridge<br />

UB11 1HB<br />

Strategic Rail Authority<br />

Mr Graham Cross 22/9/03 Rail Development Manager<br />

55 Victoria Street<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

SW1H 0EU<br />

Steve Shaw No steveshaw@sra.gov.uk<br />

SWELTRAC<br />

John Barclay 22/9/03 Maybe 16 Rydal Drive<br />

West Wickham<br />

KENT<br />

BR4 9QH<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 110


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

TFL<br />

Richard Carr 22/9/03 TfL <strong>London</strong> Bus Services Ltd<br />

79183416<br />

172 Buckingham Palace Rd<br />

LONDON<br />

SW1W 9TN<br />

Nick Atkinson 29/9/03 TFL North/West Team<br />

02079417079<br />

Windsor House<br />

42-50 Victoria Street<br />

<strong>London</strong> SW1H 0TL<br />

Peter Livermore 22/9/03 TfL<br />

02079414731<br />

Head <strong>of</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> Partnerships<br />

Windsor House<br />

42-50 Victoria Street<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

SW1H 0TL<br />

Phil Cummings Yes TFL 02070279105 philcummings@gov.uk<br />

Darren Womack 29/9/03 Project Director<br />

02070279108<br />

WL Tram Project<br />

Victoria Station House<br />

191 Victoria Street<br />

<strong>London</strong> SW1E 5NE<br />

Mr G. Beswick Bus Priority: TfL<br />

Street Management<br />

1 st Floor Faith Lawson House<br />

15-17 Dacre Street<br />

SW1H 0NR<br />

Thames Trains<br />

Royce Mumby Turbo Maintenance Depot<br />

Cow Lane<br />

Reading<br />

Royce.mumby@<br />

thamestrains.co.uk<br />

TfL Public Carriage Office<br />

Robin Gillis<br />

(Cab Rank Officer)<br />

Yes<br />

15 Penton Street<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

N1 9PU<br />

Trimite Ltd<br />

Mr Steve Griggs 6/10/03 Yes Arundel Road<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middx<br />

02079417829 Robin.gillis@pco.org.uk<br />

01895251234 Steve.griggs@trimite.com<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 111


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Uxbridge Buses<br />

Stavros Heracleous 13/10/03 Yes First Uxbridge Garage<br />

01895236598 Stavros.heracleous@firstgroup.com<br />

Bakers Court<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middlesex<br />

Peter Stringer Yes As above 01895236598 Peter.stringer@firstgroup.com<br />

Uxbridge Initiative<br />

Clive Godsave (yes) 22/9/03 No (John<br />

Palmer)<br />

Pavilions Shopping Centre<br />

18 Chequers Square<br />

01895274059<br />

C.Godsave<br />

UB8 1LN<br />

Tony Dunn 22/9/03 Management Suite<br />

The Chimes Shopping Centre<br />

High Street<br />

Uxbridge<br />

UB8 1UV<br />

01895 819400 Tony-dunn@capshop.co.uk<br />

Uxbridge Skip Hire<br />

S. Manlet 6/10/03 No Skip Lane<br />

Harvil Road<br />

Harefield<br />

Uxbridge UB9 6JL<br />

West Drayton Car Spares<br />

Mr. O’Dell 6/10/03 The Common<br />

West Drayton<br />

West Drayton Initiative Group<br />

6/10/03 Tony Pilkington<br />

Bell Farm Church<br />

Bell Farm Estate<br />

West Drayton<br />

West <strong>London</strong> Buses Ltd<br />

Macmillon House<br />

Paddington Station<br />

<strong>London</strong><br />

W2 1TY<br />

West <strong>London</strong> Business<br />

Kate Ashton Yes 02086072509<br />

Wings<br />

Fred Gritt 22/9/03 8573 8388 fred@wingstravel.co.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 112


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Yiewsley West Drayton Town Action Group<br />

Doreen Tarrant 6/10/03 Yes Mrs. D. Tarrant<br />

01895851168<br />

35 Warwick Rd<br />

West Drayton<br />

Youth Council<br />

Jennifer McChee Youth & Community Services<br />

Civic Centre 3S/07<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 113


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

RESIDENTS GROUPS<br />

Whitethorne Estate Residents<br />

Paul Carney 22/9/03 66 Yew Avenue<br />

Yiewsley<br />

MIDDX<br />

Eastcote Residents Association<br />

M.A. Platti 22/9/03 No 7 Robarts Close<br />

Pinner<br />

MIDDX<br />

HA5 2QA<br />

Philpots Farm Residents Association<br />

22/9/03 17 Heather Lane<br />

Yiewsley<br />

Middx<br />

Harmondsworth and Sipson Residents Association<br />

Mrs B Sobey 22/9/03 No 486 Sipson Rd<br />

02087591677<br />

Sipson<br />

UB7 OHZ<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Village Residents Association<br />

Mr D Venn 22/9/03 High House<br />

33 Harlington Rd<br />

HILLINGDON<br />

UB8 3HX<br />

Townfield Association<br />

Mrs J Agius 22/9/03 9 Manor Rd<br />

Hayes<br />

UB3<br />

Harefield Village Forum<br />

Frazine Johnson 22/9/03 8573 6533 frazinejohnson@lawyer.com<br />

Ruislip Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />

Tony Unger<br />

Northwood Residents Association<br />

Simon Varnals 22/9/03 Yes 12 Kewferry Road<br />

Northwood<br />

Middx<br />

019234500917 simon@varnals.com<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 114


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Federation <strong>of</strong> Tenants<br />

John Waylett 22/9/03 Yes 103 Moorfield Road<br />

01895823326<br />

Cowley<br />

Middx<br />

Ickenham Residents Association<br />

22/9/03 32 Swakeleys Drive<br />

Ickenham<br />

UB10 8QD<br />

<strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Tenants & Residents Federation<br />

Mrs. Grace Ganden 22/9/03 67 The Larches<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Harefield Tenants and Residents Association<br />

Mrs. P Crawley 22/9/03 Yes 32 Sanctuary Close<br />

Harefield<br />

Middx<br />

Botwell Tenants & Residents Association<br />

22/9/03 Townfield Community Centre<br />

Townfield Road<br />

Hayes Middx<br />

Brookgreen Residents Association<br />

Peter Clark 22/9/03 3 Welbeck Court Welbeck Avenue<br />

Hayes<br />

Cranford Cross Residents Association<br />

Mr. D F Bell 22/9/03 Yes 83 Saunton Avenue<br />

Harlington<br />

Harlington Village Association<br />

Dean Langley 22/9/03 3 Gothic Court<br />

Harlington, Middx<br />

Hayes Town Centre Residents Association<br />

Robert McGowan 22/9/03 Yes<br />

Mr. & Mrs<br />

60 Skeffington Court<br />

Silverdale Road<br />

Hayes<br />

Road Sea Express<br />

Les Eastlake Unit 6<br />

Wyvern Way<br />

Uxbridge<br />

0208 8488384 Chris@hayes.townta.com.uk<br />

01895 811888<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 115


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Pastures Mead Residents Association<br />

Miss C G Kenway 22/9/03 20 pastures Mead<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Home Farm Residents Association<br />

M Greengrow 22/9/03 Yes 67 Blacklands Drive<br />

Hayes End<br />

North Hayes Residents Association<br />

Mr. J E Rutter 22/9/03 50 Weymouth Rd<br />

Hayes<br />

The Larches Residents Association<br />

Mrs. Grace Gganden 22/9/03 67 The Larches<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Vine Lane Residents Association<br />

Philip Coleham 22/9/03 82 Vine Lane<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Violet Ave Tenants & Residents Association<br />

Mr. R. Cook 22/9/03 8 Bramble Close<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Gatehill (Northwood) Residents Association<br />

Mr. S. Lee 22/9/03 17 Gatehill Road, Northwood stephenwlee@btinternet.com<br />

South Ruislip Residents<br />

Mrs. D. Wingrove-Owens 22/9/03 4 Diamond Road<br />

South Ruislip<br />

West Ruislip Commuters Association<br />

Miss S F Sweeting 22/9/03 125 The Greenway<br />

Ickenham<br />

Brearley Close residents Association<br />

Mrs. E. Brennan 22/9/03 18 Brearley Close<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Ferndale Area Residents Association<br />

Mr. R. Swallow 22/9/03 28 Ferndale Crescent<br />

01895 239951<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middx UB8 2AX<br />

North Uxbridge Residents Association<br />

Mrs. S. Confavreux 22/9/03 18 Water Tower Close<br />

sue@confavreux.co.uk<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Uxbridge Moor Residents Association<br />

Robert English 22/9/03 36 Cobden Close<br />

Uxbridge<br />

English@safeway.co.uk<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 116


NAME INVITED ATTENDANCE ADDRESS TELEPHONE E-MAIL<br />

Whitehall Residents Association<br />

Mrs. E. Saunders 22/9/03 2 walford Rd<br />

Uxbridge<br />

Middx<br />

Glebe Residents Association<br />

Community Café 22/9/03 60 Byron Way<br />

West Drayton<br />

South Ruislip Residents Association<br />

Mr. R. Dean 22/9/03 Yes 9 Manor Gardens<br />

Ruislip HA4 6UB<br />

Dial A Ride<br />

22/9/03 Yes Keith Matthew 0208 2330011<br />

Oak Farm Residents Association<br />

Tom Crow 22/903 Yes 114 Granvillle Rd<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

UB10 9AG<br />

Ruislip Residents Association<br />

6/10/03 Lewis Hawken<br />

21 Sherleys Court<br />

Wood Lane<br />

Ruislip HA4 6DH<br />

Eastcote Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce<br />

Jennifer Boutique 22/9/03 125 Field End rd<br />

Eastcote<br />

MIDDX<br />

Laurel Lane Tenants and Residents Association<br />

Mr. Banks 6/10/03 No<br />

21/10/2003<br />

HA5 1QH<br />

92 Rowan Road<br />

West Drayton<br />

UB7 7UD<br />

02088457096 bob@dean09.fsnet.co.uk<br />

01895 237523<br />

0208866 7106<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 117


APPENDIX 3<br />

BOROUGH TRANSPORT CONFERENCE<br />

FOCUS GROUP NOTES<br />

This report outlines the key / consensus points made at the 5 focus groups <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> Transport<br />

Conference. These focus groups were:<br />

• Parking<br />

• Public transport<br />

• Air Quality and transport<br />

• General Accessibility Issues<br />

• Business<br />

Priorities identified in both focus groups sessions have been underlined. Notes taken correspond with<br />

the discussion themes identified and the format therefore varies between the groups.<br />

PARKING<br />

Commercial and Residential Car Parking Restraint<br />

1. All commercial development should have adequate provision – also applies to flats<br />

2. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> different to other parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>London</strong><br />

3. Can the standards be altered so that there may be local flexibility?<br />

4. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> charge less than Harrow for car parks<br />

5. Free all day parking in residential roads stops car parks being fully utilised<br />

6. Councillors and residents annoyed at <strong>of</strong>f-street parking restrictions<br />

7. Freight should be <strong>of</strong>f-loaded at a central point and have a commercial free-zone<br />

8. Concern at effect on local businesses if parking is limited<br />

9. Park and ride is a good idea and reduces the need for town centre car parks<br />

10. 2 hours free parking should be made available for lunchtime<br />

11. No free permits should be made available for developments that do not provide on-site<br />

parking<br />

12. Developments should make more provision for disabled users<br />

13. There is a lack <strong>of</strong> parking provided on developments<br />

14. Increasing in <strong>of</strong>f-street parking reduces on-street pressure<br />

15. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> attracts external workers<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 118


Re-allocation <strong>of</strong> Road Space from Parking<br />

1. Hayes and Harrow pedestrianised areas have resulted in a drop in business activity<br />

2. Enforcement <strong>of</strong> bus lanes needs to be done sensibly<br />

3. Priority must be given to buses<br />

4. Parking must not interfere with bus services<br />

5. Concern at problems caused by disabled parking<br />

6. Residents should have overnight permits for night time space in car parks<br />

7. Lack <strong>of</strong> enforcement on Sundays<br />

8. Re-allocation is difficult in the <strong>Borough</strong> despite working well in Uxbridge<br />

9. Bus lanes are beneficial but not in narrow roads<br />

10. Bus stops should be better enforced<br />

11. Businesses have difficulty with bus lanes, delays are created<br />

12. School run should be reduced<br />

13. Disabled parking causes obstruction<br />

14. S106 money can be used for school buses<br />

15. Reduce disabled parking from 3 to 2, or 1 hours<br />

16. Get bus drivers to pull into stops<br />

17. Why are cars allowed to park free <strong>of</strong> charge on roads near the tube station?<br />

Competitions and Comparisons with Other Areas<br />

1. Free or cheap parking increases use <strong>of</strong> car parks<br />

2. Costly parking fees restricts freedom <strong>of</strong> movement<br />

3. Park and ride may be effective<br />

4. Problems <strong>of</strong> tube stations caused mostly by <strong>Borough</strong> residents<br />

5. New parking schemes deter commuters<br />

6. LT parking is expensive – price matters and needs to be discussed with LT<br />

7. Park and ride is sensible<br />

8. Free on-street parking determines car park use<br />

9. Money into bus services from the shires<br />

10. Problems caused by <strong>Hillingdon</strong> being at the end <strong>of</strong> lines<br />

11. Need LT to have a combined tube parking ticket<br />

12. Figures <strong>of</strong> travel patterns to <strong>Borough</strong> required<br />

13. Park and shop<br />

Parking Controls and Enforcement<br />

1. Council taking reactive rather than proactive view on parking controls<br />

2. Public Consultation on PMAs are pointless due to the lack <strong>of</strong> consensus<br />

3. Let Councillors decide on scheme introduction<br />

4. Little enforcement <strong>of</strong> zigzags outside schools<br />

5. Every resident should be issued with a parking permit to park on their street<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 119


6. Number <strong>of</strong> police <strong>of</strong>ficers on traffic controls down, limiting enforcing ability <strong>of</strong> Council<br />

7. Parking attendants need to be increased<br />

8. Enforcement needs to be more targeted and longer hours<br />

9. Residents are willing to pay for parking permits<br />

10. Parking restrictions near stations – a yellow line or some other restriction<br />

11. Parking causes obstruction to emergency service vehicles<br />

12. Need a balance between needs <strong>of</strong> commuter and safety<br />

Other Parking Users<br />

1. Indiscriminate parking causes severe problems – disrupts loading and unloading<br />

2. Some blue badge holders have them without justification<br />

3. Ruislip High Street and Ruislip Manor parking cause problems including safety<br />

4. Misuse <strong>of</strong> blue badges by relatives <strong>of</strong> disabled<br />

5. Written warning for disabled who park badly<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 120


PUBLIC TRANSPORT<br />

What Aspects <strong>of</strong> Public Transport within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are Successful?<br />

1. Local bus services successful especially at Hayes<br />

2. North-South <strong>Borough</strong> links are poor<br />

3. U9 route in Harefield is good<br />

4. The 331 service is not so good<br />

5. 282 is a good route but only to the East <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> – there are problems getting to<br />

Uxbridge<br />

How can Public Transport be Improved?<br />

1. Problems for taxis – too few ranks to service the large number <strong>of</strong> registered vehicles<br />

2. Cab ranks compliment taxi <strong>of</strong>fices. Enhance the use <strong>of</strong> this form <strong>of</strong> transport and method <strong>of</strong><br />

improving taxi service and public perception<br />

3. The R1 bus route needs to be more regular. Presently, there is only 1 bus per hour. Needs<br />

to be extended to Watford.<br />

4. Use <strong>of</strong> freedom passes on busses passing into the <strong>Borough</strong> from the shires, etc.<br />

5. Lorries on the road during rush hour are contributing to congestion<br />

6. Suggested that lorries need be banned from roads during peak times as in France.<br />

7. Request for local run <strong>of</strong> the 207 from Uxbridge to Hayes By-pass<br />

8. Problem with Heathrow bus capacity reaching its limit<br />

9. Request to have U4 stop closer to the emergency exit<br />

10. School planning for public transport; need to ‘plan for red’ to ensure access to all schools via<br />

good public transport<br />

11. School green travel plans must be easy to understand and implement<br />

12. Problems related to routing bus services through heavily populated areas as there is a lack <strong>of</strong><br />

road space<br />

13. Design <strong>of</strong> buses not always good on the 140 service<br />

14. Need for greater frequency <strong>of</strong> services in the North <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> and outlying areas<br />

Safer Routes to School – Do they induce a Modal Shift?<br />

1. Question <strong>of</strong> how many schools serviced by a bus service<br />

2. Metropolitan police hitting schools – enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking and speed <strong>of</strong>fences<br />

3. Walking buses needed<br />

4. Car sharing between parents<br />

5. Free bus travel for under 11’s<br />

6. Information coming from schools is that children do want to walk<br />

7. Problem that there are too many initiatives in schools at the moment<br />

8. Need to bring across to parents the benefits <strong>of</strong> kids walking and cycling to school<br />

9. Problems with air pollution for children walking<br />

10. Changes in catchment areas has led to a problem with distances from schools<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 121


Does Bus and Cycle Priority Work?<br />

1. Works very well abroad<br />

2. Enforce parking regulations where buses traditionally get held up<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 122


AIR QUALITY AND TRANSPORT<br />

Key themes for the workshops:<br />

1. Reduction in traffic, use <strong>of</strong> hard and s<strong>of</strong>t options.<br />

2. The use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicle technology,<br />

SESSION I<br />

1. Incentives to promote the use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicles<br />

2. Promote cycling to school, work, etc. Careful management <strong>of</strong> traffic appears to make more<br />

impact. Promoting the use <strong>of</strong> cleaner vehicles may have less impact.<br />

3. Need to have alternatives before penalising with hard options<br />

4. Lower road tax for cleaner vehicles<br />

5. Poor cycle lanes in places, no facilities in the Civic Centre<br />

6. Stop heavy vehicles during rush hour to ease burden; staggering working hours<br />

7. Working with Highway Agency / government to promote high occupancy and the more<br />

effective use <strong>of</strong> roads<br />

8. Encourage Park and ride Schemes<br />

9. Publicity to switch <strong>of</strong>f car engine while in a traffic jam<br />

10. Support for trams – links with other transport modes<br />

11. Adequate rail routes already exist to Central <strong>London</strong>, tram route will make roads narrower<br />

12. Integrated transport policy with tram playing a role<br />

13. Some support for congestion charging<br />

14. Trams are more energy efficient than buses; would encourage modal split<br />

15. Public transport is not accessible to everyone<br />

16. Trams will take more cars <strong>of</strong>f the road<br />

17. Use <strong>of</strong> canals taken thousands <strong>of</strong> lorries <strong>of</strong>f the road. More publicity required. Need to<br />

extend the use <strong>of</strong> waterways.<br />

18. Specific objectives for freight partnership<br />

19. Local action on freight is too late, it is becoming a national problem<br />

20. Local transport issues are more important. As a local authority we can do more them to effect<br />

changes.<br />

21. North-South transport link in the <strong>Borough</strong> needs to be improved<br />

22. Improve transport interchanges<br />

23. Bring in school buses<br />

24. Walking buses will improve health <strong>of</strong> children and traffic congestion. Will have greater impact<br />

as the initiatives are practical and can be started very quickly. Road safety also an issue.<br />

Parents could treat their children about road safety.<br />

25. Traffic fragmented; lack <strong>of</strong> co-ordination<br />

26. Parents car sharing reduces the cost <strong>of</strong> initiating cycle lanes<br />

27. More travel information<br />

28. Illegal parking, parking on pavements, and lack <strong>of</strong> enforcement on parking on bus lanes.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 123


6 Key Issues<br />

• Promote clean vehicles<br />

• Integration <strong>of</strong> transport system; bus with rail, etc. More accessibility required<br />

• Encourage use <strong>of</strong> canals and waterways<br />

• Concentrate on local transport initiatives where we can something about it<br />

• Promote safer routes to school and walking buses. Likely to have significant impact.<br />

• Promote park and ride<br />

Provide positive options<br />

SESSION II<br />

1. Integration <strong>of</strong> air quality policies with neighbouring local authorities<br />

2. How to get dirty vehicles <strong>of</strong>f the road. Cleaner buses in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. More enforcement on<br />

dirty vehicles.<br />

3. Look to reduce shorter journeys when catalytic converters are not working<br />

4. Availability <strong>of</strong> alternative fuels<br />

5. Need to work with parents and the younger generation<br />

6. Put pressure on vehicle manufacturers to produce cleaner vehicles<br />

7. Support for tram link will mean less cars on the road<br />

8. Need to approach transport problem holistically<br />

9. Car free town centres, but can force cars into adjacent residential areas<br />

10. Park and ride would encourage more cars into the <strong>Borough</strong> to park. The ability to reduce<br />

traffic is dependent upon where the car parks are located.<br />

11. Some traffic schemes may increase pollution. Need to ensure a balanced approach.<br />

12. Road pricing could reduce quality <strong>of</strong> life by limiting choice<br />

13. Weighing up different options to improve the environment<br />

14. Poor North-South transport links in the <strong>Borough</strong><br />

15. Young people cannot travel to the South <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Borough</strong> to access services<br />

16. Free public transport<br />

17. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> website could provide links to other websites providing travel information<br />

18. Educate children to use public transport<br />

19. Free shuttle buses to transport hubs. Transport for <strong>London</strong> to provide free shuttle buses /<br />

feeder buses.<br />

20. Integrated transport system and better integration <strong>of</strong> transport hubs<br />

21. To promote green travel plans requires leadership, information, and the need to make work<br />

place changes<br />

22. Swap parking pass with a travel pass (exempt from tax)<br />

23. Gradually reduce parking to companies using planning powers<br />

24. Public education<br />

25. Integration <strong>of</strong> health and transport<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 124


26. Appears to be a lack <strong>of</strong> traffic restraint measures in <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

27. A reduction in traffic can lead to speeding and a reduction in road safety<br />

6 Key Issues<br />

• Need to be consistent in terms <strong>of</strong> policies and strategies<br />

• How to weigh importance <strong>of</strong> air quality against other criteria when evaluating traffic<br />

schemes<br />

• Need to target dirty vehicles at relevant locations. Raise public awareness also<br />

important<br />

• Integration <strong>of</strong> public transport system<br />

• General reduction in traffic and other safety issues<br />

Need to implement ‘hard options’ type <strong>of</strong> policy<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 125


GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY ISSUES<br />

Themes Identified:<br />

• Access to hospitals and other health and community facilities<br />

• Walking and cycling routes to school<br />

• Safe and convenient routes to parks and open spaces<br />

• Access routes from disabled parking spaces to local shopping centres and community<br />

facilities<br />

• Safe and convenient access to public transport<br />

• Safe access to work<br />

SESSION I (Ideas for Improvement)<br />

Access routes from disabled parking spaces to local shopping centres and community<br />

facilities<br />

1. Better lighting<br />

2. Parking spaces at <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital<br />

3. Better signage<br />

4. Better policing <strong>of</strong> blue badge system<br />

5. User friendly public transport system especially for the disabled<br />

6. Improved design <strong>of</strong> disabled persons parking spaces e.g. dropped kerbs<br />

7. Set up disability audit and mobility forum<br />

8. Restrict the number <strong>of</strong> disability passes issued<br />

9. Working with local business to provide better disabled parking facilities<br />

10. Location <strong>of</strong> disabled parking bays needs review<br />

Safe and convenient access to public transport<br />

11. Better information and access to it<br />

12. Better trained staff on public transport<br />

13. Study required <strong>of</strong> where people are originating and their destination. Facilitate the<br />

planning <strong>of</strong> appropriate transport services.<br />

14. Safety <strong>of</strong> access to public spaces needs review<br />

15. Greater emphasis on accidents and perception <strong>of</strong> threats to road safety<br />

16. Improved driver training – accommodate the needs <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> vulnerable users.<br />

17. Improved access to <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Hospital particularly for the aged<br />

18. Information such as street plans can be provided that outline, for example, the location <strong>of</strong><br />

bus stops on different routes<br />

19. The waiting time for the U3 bus service has reduced<br />

20. Questions <strong>of</strong> access to cars / vans. Access to public transport requires improvement.<br />

21. Improvements need to be focussed so as to achieve the best results<br />

22. Integration <strong>of</strong> cars with public transport. Inter-modal links need to be accommodated.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 126


23. Address fear / perception <strong>of</strong> danger on public transport and getting access to these<br />

services. Perception is an important element. Links to crime and disorder strategy need to<br />

be highlighted.<br />

24. Speedy repair <strong>of</strong> bus stops. Hardier material is required to resist vandalism.<br />

25. Speeding along Harlington Road is an issue<br />

26. Greater levels <strong>of</strong> social inclusion are necessary. Inclusion is reduced with restricted<br />

access to public transport and traffic congestion.<br />

27. Pedestrian phasing <strong>of</strong> traffic lights – allow pedestrians more time at crossing facilities<br />

28. Negative impacts <strong>of</strong> tactile paving and need for auditory signals so that access for people<br />

with all types <strong>of</strong> impairments is improved<br />

29. Reduce the distance between bus stops<br />

Safe access to work<br />

30. Encourage business travel plans. These need to accommodate issues <strong>of</strong> impairment,<br />

disablement, and carers.<br />

SESSION II (Ideas for improvement)<br />

1. Better lighting at bus stops<br />

2. Move taxi rank to the front <strong>of</strong> Uxbridge Station (Priority)<br />

3. Improve physical infrastructure e.g. at Hayes Station<br />

4. Improve cycle parking availability at Hayes Station<br />

5. Greater flexibility in modal change – interchange facilities<br />

6. Introduce DLR type service between Staines and the airport<br />

7. Stronger bus shelters<br />

8. Better transport integration and the promotion <strong>of</strong> the seamless journey<br />

9. Time to get on and <strong>of</strong>f trains needs to be extended<br />

10. Countdown information should also be provided for trains<br />

11. Promote the habit <strong>of</strong> using public transport through education<br />

12. Improve access to platforms and lifts at train stations (Priority)<br />

13. Improve travel information at bus stops<br />

14. Improve the quality <strong>of</strong> the public transport service<br />

15. Better links between Hounslow and Uxbridge<br />

16. Address congestion at Uxbridge station<br />

17. Yellow lines at bus stops to discourage stopping and parking by private vehicles<br />

18. Engineering challenge: pupils are given the task <strong>of</strong> suggesting ideas on how disabled access<br />

can be improved (Priority)<br />

19. Improve cycle lanes<br />

20. Bus reliability (Priority)<br />

21. Provide more and widespread information so that additional markets can be tapped into<br />

22. Improve the whole environment <strong>of</strong> Uxbridge bus station<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 127


23. Understand and address impairment issues<br />

24. Enhancing comfort on public transport would enhance perceptions and potentially use (top<br />

priority)<br />

25. Improve ease <strong>of</strong> access to buses<br />

26. Promote taxis and taxi cards<br />

27. Improve disabled parking facilities<br />

28. Discourage car use through disincentives<br />

29. Safety tips provided for public transport users<br />

30. Better planning <strong>of</strong> the public transport system (Priority)<br />

31. Reduce barriers for getting luggage on and <strong>of</strong>f trains, buses, etc. (Priority)<br />

Walking and cycling routes to school<br />

32. Study required on the nature <strong>of</strong> movement to and from schools<br />

33. Create safe crossing points<br />

34. Introduce Safe Routes to Schools<br />

35. Change overall public attitude through a social campaign that highlights links with health and<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />

36. Carefully consider the width <strong>of</strong> cycle lanes<br />

37. Stop parking on cycle lanes<br />

38. Parking should be provided by employers<br />

39. Encourage multi-agency approach to traffic, enforcement, etc.<br />

40. Cycling in parks – study required to resolve conflict between park users<br />

41. Deal with cyclists on pavements and fear for children<br />

42. Provide segregation on pavements to allow safe use by a variety <strong>of</strong> users. Conflict resolution<br />

is necessary.<br />

43. Create greater inducements for staff to reduce car use and explore alternative modes<br />

44. Better cycle education<br />

45. Means <strong>of</strong> transporting bags etc. should be provided to children wanting to participate in a<br />

walking bus.<br />

46. Better road maintenance is required especially on cycle lanes<br />

47. Teachers should be setting an example by not using cars to get to school<br />

48. 20mph zones need to be explored (Priority)<br />

49. Close roads outside schools during the school run<br />

50. Sign up parents, children and staff for walking to school<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 128


BUSINESS<br />

SESSION I<br />

Freight<br />

1. Need a definition for freight. Freight exists because people need something. Freight quality<br />

partnership.<br />

2. Size <strong>of</strong> lorries makes access into residential roads difficult. Greater collaboration with<br />

Transport for <strong>London</strong> is needed.<br />

3. 70% <strong>of</strong> freight is distribution<br />

4. Deliveries are for everyone<br />

5. Balance is required that brings vitality and benefits to towns and villages<br />

6. Supermarket deliveries at night cause disturbance through vibration<br />

7. More signage is required to reduce congestion<br />

8. Heavy commercial vehicles plan / strategy – outlining where HGV’s should and should not go<br />

9. Electric directions device<br />

10. Builders merchants should have one lorry at a time so as not to disrupt road traffic<br />

11. Need to bring business on board. Bus network delivery within funding available.<br />

Green Travel Plans<br />

1. Larger companies are more structured.<br />

2. <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> should be leading the way. Business looks to the Council to<br />

ask for help in developing green travel plans.<br />

3. School traffic accounts for 20% <strong>of</strong> traffic in the mornings. Studies <strong>of</strong> American style school<br />

buses.<br />

4. Keep cyclists <strong>of</strong>f the pavements. What about the disabled on pavements?<br />

5. Business should be encouraged to produce a green travel plan. Loss from travelling is built<br />

into salaries.<br />

6. How do you recruit, train and retain staff?<br />

Parking<br />

1. Parking is a major issue: for customers (ease <strong>of</strong> accessibility), free parking and workers /<br />

employees taking up free parking.<br />

2. Do parking restrictions achieve what they set out to do? It is driving people to use their cars<br />

3. Road closing kills business<br />

4. People abuse free parking<br />

5. Problems with emissions<br />

6. Delivery times needs to considered. No deliveries between 10am-4pm. The business<br />

economy.<br />

7. Permit system. Controlled parking and enable a mix <strong>of</strong> deliveries. Contract and extend<br />

permit time.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 129


8. Enforcement<br />

9. Congestion charging at Heathrow<br />

10. Park and ride created problem <strong>of</strong> congestion in the surrounding streets<br />

11. Charge for parking but <strong>of</strong>fer people an alternative. In central <strong>London</strong> public transport<br />

provision is good.<br />

12. Bus station in Uxbridge has no more space to expand<br />

13. Linkages between the counties<br />

14. Slough highway – improve interchange<br />

15. Major shops are threatening to move<br />

16. Flaws in the congestion charging process and question whether problems would be created<br />

at Heathrow if it were introduced<br />

SESSION II<br />

Freight<br />

1. Flow <strong>of</strong> traffic is important however lorries and delivery vehicles hold up traffic<br />

2. Distribution centres need to be relocated as they are close to residential areas. This would<br />

remove time restrictions.<br />

3. Question why deliveries on the high street are at 10am instead <strong>of</strong> 7am?<br />

4. Routes for lorries. 45 tonne lorries cannot get under the bridge in South Ruislip up Pembroke<br />

Road. A bottleneck is created.<br />

5. Better to unload at rear <strong>of</strong> shops. However, there is usually poor access to the rear <strong>of</strong><br />

shopping centres. Would be willing to pay for better lanes and access. Question <strong>of</strong><br />

ownership and levels <strong>of</strong> agreement with shopkeepers.<br />

6. Small improvements could make a significant impact<br />

7. There is no joined up thinking between shopping parades. Shops are struggling.<br />

8. Lack <strong>of</strong> discussion<br />

9. Lorries parking in bus lanes contribute to congestion<br />

10. Who decides where the bus lanes are? 24 hour bus lanes and restricted bus lanes. Good<br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> the area is required. More co-ordination and collaboration between <strong>Borough</strong>s is<br />

required.<br />

11. Should be a designated freight lane (bus lane). Business is losing money when it cannot<br />

deliver on time.<br />

12. Traffic drives up cost<br />

13. BAA Central Distribution Depot – significant reductions in congestion and emissions<br />

Green Travel Plans<br />

1. Green travel plans cost a lot but it also saves a lot <strong>of</strong> money. Savings are made in <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

space. Travel plan can be cost neutral.<br />

2. What is the threshold <strong>of</strong> business size where a travel plan is required? 5 staff<br />

3. The Council is to appoint a Green Travel Plan co-ordinator in the near future.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 130


4. Public transport infrastructure needs to be in place in order for people to get out <strong>of</strong> their<br />

cars. Uxbridge is poorly accessible via public transportation.<br />

5. More motorbike parking spaces required<br />

6. Public transport convenience and reliability needs to be improved<br />

7. Business is being driven away. Planning decisions <strong>of</strong> 20 years ago would promote<br />

supermarkets with free parking. A lack <strong>of</strong> parking affects parking and shopping parades<br />

die as a result.<br />

8. Green travel plans are not anti-car or anti-business. Occasional changes can be made.<br />

9. Car sharing works well but needs organisation<br />

10. The Council has no green travel plan yet but it intends to develop one<br />

11. Cycle lanes are put in for the sake <strong>of</strong> it because they are not used. Lanes cause<br />

congestion.<br />

12. While density on cycle lanes is low they are nevertheless used throughout the day.<br />

13. Access into Oxford and <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Road is poor and can impact negatively upon Uxbridge<br />

14. Park and ride around the <strong>Borough</strong> is agreeable by surrounding <strong>Borough</strong>s. Needs to be<br />

used for local people and not for those going into central <strong>London</strong>.<br />

15. Provision for local workers. Parking is unaffordable.<br />

16. Improve local stations as interchanges and improve links with other stations<br />

17. People who live and work in the <strong>Borough</strong> should be prioritised<br />

18. Transport for <strong>London</strong> has a lot to answer for. Several businesses contribute but do not<br />

get enough in return from Transport for <strong>London</strong>. They do not want to discuss parking and<br />

traffic issues with <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

19. Reduce charges in Chimes and the Pavilions. May attract the community to park and<br />

shop in the centres.<br />

20. Planning decisions are causing problems<br />

21. Building above stations<br />

22. Car boot sales in South Bucks takes business away from Uxbridge<br />

Accessibility<br />

1. North-South connections in the <strong>Borough</strong> are poor and there and people are therefore forced<br />

to use their cars. No bus link between South Ruislip and Uxbridge. Orbital routes are<br />

required within and outside the <strong>Borough</strong>.<br />

2. Integrated travelling throughout the <strong>Borough</strong><br />

Pedestrianisation<br />

1. Pedestrianisation <strong>of</strong> Hayes is a partial solution. A one-way system could open the centre up.<br />

A by-pass that is a car park. Joined up thinking.<br />

2. Town centres need people not cars.<br />

3. Key workers need parking to avoid getting fined<br />

4. Weekend demand for parking<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 131


5. Uxbridge is growing fast. It needs to be integrated. Rules should be set. Business move into<br />

a safe and attractive place.<br />

6. Quality <strong>of</strong> stations and bus services is poor<br />

6 Key Issues<br />

• Plan / strategy required for heavy vehicles (as to where they can go)<br />

• Green Travel Plans should be produced by local businesses. Travel costs should be<br />

built into salaries. Does this in fact happen?<br />

• Parking is a major issue for customers<br />

• Better enforcement <strong>of</strong> parking regulations; permit system - priority, controlled parking;<br />

and park and ride<br />

• Poor tube services to Uxbridge<br />

• Linkages between the Counties (Slough – High Wycombe, improved interchange)<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 132


BEHAVIOUR SUPPORT PLAN 2004-5 ITEM 7<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: Christine Sullivan<br />

Telephone: 01895 256524<br />

Section 527A <strong>of</strong> the Education Act, 1996 places a duty on LEAs to prepare a statement<br />

setting out the arrangements for the education <strong>of</strong> children with behavioural difficulties, to be<br />

known as a Behaviour Support Plan. The first plan was produced for 1 April 1999 to be<br />

reviewed with a revised plan published by 1 April 2001. Thereafter it was intended that the<br />

plans be <strong>of</strong> 3 year duration.<br />

The government’s revised intention is for there to be one overarching education plan to<br />

replace the Education Development Plan, Inclusion SEN Strategy and Behaviour Support<br />

Plan to be known as the Single Education Plan (SEP). This will be phased in with all<br />

authorities by 2007. <strong>Hillingdon</strong> is currently in the tranche to complete by 2006 but in the<br />

interests <strong>of</strong> efficiency <strong>of</strong> planning has received agreement from the DfES to produce an early<br />

SEP by January 2005.<br />

Hence the Behaviour Support Plan, originally intended to be a 3 year plan will be for one<br />

year only, from 2004-5. It has been written to dovetail with the Community Plan, EDP<br />

activities, the Inclusion/ SEN Strategy Action Plan and the Child & Adolescent Mental Heath<br />

Strategy Action Plan.<br />

The DfES Improving Behaviour and Attendance Department has agreed that the plan be<br />

simplified to meet local needs and recognises it is a transition plan. Nonetheless it has<br />

requested that the Plan be submitted to the department by March 31 st 2004.<br />

The Draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5 is attached at Appendix 1. The Plan has been<br />

produced by a sub group <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Forum, a multi-agency group whose terms <strong>of</strong><br />

reference include monitoring and reviewing the Behaviour Support Plan and providing a<br />

mechanism for sharing and for coordinating planning relating to pupil behaviour across<br />

relevant strategic groups. The Forum is well attended by Education (<strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />

headteachers), Health, Social Services, Police and the Voluntary sector. Councillor Elaine<br />

Webb is a regular attendee. The draft plan has also been sent to all schools and governing<br />

bodies for comment.<br />

This Plan attempts to find a coherent way forward relating to provision for children with<br />

behaviour, emotional and social difficulties in a time <strong>of</strong> significant change and varied<br />

initiatives promoted by the DfES. Such developments include the Key Stage 3 Strategy<br />

Behaviour and Attendance Strand, the Primary Strategy Behaviour and Attendance pilot and<br />

the roll out <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Improvement Programme (BIP) to the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Excellence<br />

Cluster. In addition, the Green paper ‘Every Child Matters’ will result in national and local<br />

changes in children’s services which will affect the implementation <strong>of</strong> this plan and future<br />

planning for the SEP.<br />

Key priorities in the Plan are to:<br />

1. Review behaviour provision in <strong>Hillingdon</strong>.<br />

2. Implement DfES strategies relating to behaviour and attendance.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 133


3. Develop a coherent database system to support pupils with behaviour,<br />

emotional and social difficulties.<br />

4. Develop multi-agency initiatives to improve identification and support systems<br />

and target vulnerable pupils, improving their life chances.<br />

5. Develop a coherent network <strong>of</strong> support for parents in managing their children.<br />

6. Improve communication systems re behaviour initiatives.<br />

7. Provide more effective options for pupils at risk if exclusion.<br />

8. Promote emotional literacy within the authority to improve social inclusion and<br />

raise attainment.<br />

9. Develop early intervention initiatives with a proven evidence base for success.<br />

10. Develop a whole system approach for children and young people with<br />

behavioural, emotional and social difficulties.<br />

11. Integrate and assimilate the CAMH strategy and Behaviour Support Pla.<br />

12. Consider in depth other implications <strong>of</strong> the Green Paper, Every Child Matters,<br />

for pupils with BESD and create an action plan.<br />

13. Support the roll out <strong>of</strong> the Behaviour Improvement Programme (BIP) to the<br />

Excellence Cluster.<br />

The full Behaviour Support Plan is being circulated to Cabinet Members and<br />

Group Leaders and copies are available for inspection in Party Group Offices.<br />

Further copies are available on request to the Cabinet Office.<br />

RECOMMENDATION<br />

That Cabinet endorses the Draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5.<br />

REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />

Officers have made this recommendation in order that LBH complies with the LEA duty to<br />

ensure it has coherent, comprehensive and well understood local procedures for tackling<br />

pupil behaviour and discipline problems that cover the full range <strong>of</strong> needs. It creates an<br />

opportunity for review <strong>of</strong> local provision and strategic planning to promote more effective use<br />

<strong>of</strong> resources.<br />

A key aspect <strong>of</strong> the legislation is the requirement for LEAs to consult all the relevant interests<br />

locally to promote more effective co-ordination. A list <strong>of</strong> consultees is on the report checklist<br />

attached.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

1. To approve the draft Behaviour Support Plan 2004-5 and require <strong>of</strong>ficers to<br />

implement its actions when fully signed;<br />

2. To suggest amendments as appropriate but taking into account the full<br />

consultation that has taken place with resulting amendments.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 134


COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

The Education Overview and Scrutiny Committee has not asked to comment on this<br />

report.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

Legal<br />

As the <strong>Report</strong> sets out, the preparation <strong>of</strong> a Behaviour Support Plan is a statutory<br />

requirement placed on the LEA. The DfES has agreed to the LEA producing an early Single<br />

Education Plan by next January. The proposed Draft Behaviour Support Plan will therefore<br />

be for one year only and at the request <strong>of</strong> the DfES should be submitted to them by 31<br />

March 2004. As such there are no legal implications arising from this <strong>Report</strong>.<br />

Resource Implications:<br />

The Behaviour Support Plan sets out how different funding streams are used to<br />

deliver the aspirations in the plan, whether that be a retained budget, a devolved<br />

budget or an external funding source. The plan does not seek additional funding, but<br />

identifies priorities for how the existing funding is to be used.<br />

The Behaviour Support Plan sets out the funding available in section 4.4. It also<br />

comments on the role <strong>of</strong> funding for each <strong>of</strong> the key agencies and groups identified<br />

in section 5.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS:<br />

Circular 1/98, LEA Behaviour Support Plans, Statutory Guidance, March 1998<br />

Behaviour Support Plans – Transitional arrangements, DfES communication,<br />

October 2003<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 135


HILLINGDON LEA/ DFES COMPACT ITEM 8<br />

SUMMARY<br />

Contact Officer: Michael Dennison<br />

Telephone: 01895 277356<br />

In July 2003 Charles Clarke, Secretary <strong>of</strong> State for Education and Skills, and Sir<br />

Jeremy Beecham, Chair <strong>of</strong> the Local Government Association, signed a joint<br />

Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent to working in partnership to achieve better educational outcomes<br />

for children and young people. The statement sets out the shared vision for the<br />

educational system, a commitment to genuine partnership working and the education<br />

agenda for the coming academic years. It reflects the common understanding that<br />

educational objectives can best be pursued through a strong and productive<br />

relationship in which local authorities and the DfES support and respect each others’<br />

contribution and work together on a shared agenda.<br />

To implement the Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent locally, each local education authority and the<br />

DfES will agree a Compact, setting out at a strategic level which <strong>of</strong> the authorities<br />

priorities are <strong>of</strong> short and medium term importance within that authority. It is<br />

expected that the local Compact will be signed by the Director and Lead Member for<br />

Education, on behalf <strong>of</strong> the authority, and by the Schools’ Directorate Adviser, on<br />

behalf <strong>of</strong> the DfES. This does not represent the signing <strong>of</strong> a new plan but rather the<br />

commitment to a working relationship. An outline has, therefore, been drafted and<br />

shared with the Adviser, as required by the DfES.<br />

Since EYL and schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are embarking on forging a new working<br />

agreement which is aimed at defining the leadership and management <strong>of</strong> the<br />

education service to meet future requirements, it is essential that schools are<br />

engaged with and committed to the Compact the education authority signs with the<br />

DfES. EYL held a major conference with headteachers at the end <strong>of</strong> January to<br />

agree its future priorities for action. It was agreed with headteachers to incorporate<br />

the DfES/LEA Compact within the programme for the conference. For this reason<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> has requested an extension before signing the Compact with the DfES.<br />

This was granted.<br />

The draft Compact is attached at Annex 1. The six key objectives reflect the priorities<br />

identified from the audit <strong>of</strong> the Education Development Plan 2002/2007 [which has<br />

previously been endorsed by Cabinet] and the Action Plan from the Vision and<br />

Values Conference held in September 2002. These have been widely discussed and<br />

agreed. The remaining elements were subject to further discussion and consultation<br />

with schools at the January conference and were finalised immediately afterwards to<br />

reflect fully the views <strong>of</strong> the headteachers.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

That Cabinet:<br />

1. Agrees the draft Compact attached at Annex 1.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 136


2. Requires <strong>of</strong>ficers to monitor the implementation <strong>of</strong> the Compact and<br />

submit a further report on progress in December 2004.<br />

REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />

Officers have made these recommendations in order that LBH complies with DfES<br />

requirements for local education authorities to develop and sign Compacts to<br />

achieve better educational outcomes for children and young people.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

1. To approve the draft <strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA/ DfES Compact and require <strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />

advisers to implement its actions when finally signed;<br />

2. To suggest additional or alternative actions they would wish <strong>of</strong>ficers and<br />

advisers to implement.<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the tight timescale for the creation, consultation and signing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Compact, it has not been possible to include it on the agenda for the Education<br />

Overview and Scrutiny Committee.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>/DFES Compact<br />

1. During the Autumn 2003, each LEA had the opportunity to agree an individual<br />

Compact with the DfES setting out how they will work together, including the effort<br />

and resources each will commit to the local priorities requiring the most immediate<br />

attention. It is intended that this Compact will set out the LEA’s priorities for action<br />

over the next 18 months i.e. for the remainder <strong>of</strong> the current academic year and<br />

2004-5.<br />

2. DfES conferences were held in October to inform LEAs about the scope and<br />

expectations <strong>of</strong> Compacts. In addition, a meeting has been held between the EYL<br />

Corporate Director, EYL Lead Member, and the DfES Adviser with the Schools<br />

Directorate. Since EYL and schools in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> are embarking on forging a new<br />

working agreement for the education service, it is essential that schools were fully<br />

engaged with and committed to the Compact the education authority signs with the<br />

DfES. EYL held a major conference with headteachers at the end <strong>of</strong> January to<br />

agree its future priorities for action. It was agreed with headteachers to incorporate<br />

the DfES/LEA Compact within the programme. For this reason an extension before<br />

finally signing the Compact with the DfES was agreed with DfES.<br />

3. The key priorities for the local education authority over the next 18 months are<br />

set out as 6 objectives. The first 4 reflect the priorities already identified in EDP 2:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 137


• Inclusion through achievement – all schools<br />

• Inclusion through achievement – primary age pupils<br />

• Inclusion through achievement –secondary age pupils<br />

• Leading and managing learning.<br />

4. The other 2 objectives arose from the Action Plan from the Vision and Values<br />

Conference held in September 2002:<br />

• Mapping and managing diversity, excellence and choice; Building Schools for<br />

the future<br />

• Strategic Planning, collaboration and Best Value.<br />

LEGAL<br />

This report sets out the LEA’s continuing obligations to further the aim <strong>of</strong> school<br />

improvement and there are no legal implications arising from this report.<br />

RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS:<br />

The Compact identifies what the LEA's priorities are and where resources will be<br />

targeted to support those priorities. It does not seek additional resources and, to that<br />

extent, there are no resource implications.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

DfES Guidelines for CEOs and Executive Members for Education and LEA Staff:<br />

“Compacts – Partnerships working to deliver shared priorities” 15/08/2003<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 138


LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON<br />

LEA/DfES COMPACT<br />

2004-05<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 139


HILLINGDON EDUCATION SERVICE & DFES COMPACT<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Compact with the DfES is set in the context <strong>of</strong> the Community Plan priorities, the Council’s corporate values and themes, the<br />

‘Education, Youth and Leisure priorities, the EDP2, <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Schools’ Improvement Plans and other related LEA statutory and service plans.<br />

Linked plans are identified in an appendix to this document. Relevant references to the Council’s Themes and Objectives are included in the<br />

Compact to indicate where contributions are being made. The Compact also takes account <strong>of</strong> the development <strong>of</strong> a Single Education Plan,<br />

proposed for 2005.<br />

This Compact comprises a shared agreement between the <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong> and the DfES to work in partnership to achieve<br />

better educational outcomes for children and young people according to the National Statement <strong>of</strong> Intent for Partnership Working. Key, shared<br />

priorities are identified for the period from April 2004 to March 2005.<br />

The following 6 Priority Objectives in this Compact have been developed in close collaboration with LBH Elected Members, headteachers and<br />

representative governors.<br />

1. Inclusion through achievement: all pupils<br />

2. Inclusion through achievement: primary age pupils<br />

3. Inclusion through achievement: secondary age pupils<br />

4. Leading & managing learning<br />

5. Responding to diversity and providing excellence<br />

6. Strategic Planning, Collaboration, Building Schools for the Future & Best Value.<br />

These 6 Key Objectives have been subject to wide and effective consultation. Importantly, they were considered and the Key Actions<br />

developed further at the LEA’s partnership conference, ‘Remodelling <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Education Service’, that took place in January 2004. They<br />

coincide closely with the Director’s vision for schools, set out at the same conference. At this conference, the Priority Objectives were<br />

endorsed and specific activities were agreed, to be implemented through the EDP2, EYL Service and Team Plans. Targets are linked and<br />

referenced to statutory and other plans.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 140


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

HILLINGDON EDUCATION SERVICE & DfES COMPACT 2004/05<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

1.<br />

Inclusion<br />

through<br />

Achievement:<br />

all pupils<br />

Targets Ref<br />

EDP2 targets<br />

Inclusion/SEN<br />

Strategy<br />

Data Sharing<br />

Protocol [IRT]<br />

Behaviour<br />

Support Plan<br />

Local PSA<br />

School<br />

Improvement<br />

Plans<br />

1a.<br />

Establish effective cross- service/<br />

inter agency structures to focus on<br />

the needs <strong>of</strong> all children.<br />

1b.<br />

Meet EDP2 Priority 3 objective to<br />

provide effective education for all<br />

pupils, particularly those identified<br />

as most vulnerable and those at<br />

risk <strong>of</strong> underachieving.<br />

Implement effective strategies to improve the<br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> Children’s' Services across<br />

Education, Youth & Leisure (EYL), Social<br />

Services, Health and the Voluntary Sector<br />

Implement the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Inclusion/SEN<br />

Strategy by establishing partnerships <strong>of</strong><br />

schools, developing shared specialist<br />

provision and tackling exclusion together.<br />

Implement BSP actions aimed at improving<br />

behaviour and reducing exclusions, linked to<br />

Managed Moves initiative.<br />

Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data<br />

with and across schools, at senior and<br />

middle management levels.<br />

Guidance following<br />

legislation from Green<br />

Paper ‘Every Child Matters’<br />

Support funding through<br />

the Vulnerable Pupils'<br />

grant.<br />

Continued advice, support<br />

and Standards Fund<br />

through BIP, BSP and IRT<br />

programmes<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

1c.<br />

Improve the SEN provision and<br />

funding stream by minimising<br />

statements and out-<strong>Borough</strong> SEN<br />

provision and deploy budgets<br />

locally<br />

1d.<br />

Introduce single IRT structure for<br />

children across LBH services and<br />

Health<br />

Implement the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Inclusion/SEN<br />

Strategy. Review partnerships and clusters <strong>of</strong><br />

schools to share specialist provision<br />

effectively and reduce exclusions.<br />

Implement the actions from the agreed Data<br />

Sharing Protocol [draft Dec.2003], which<br />

provides guidance and responsibilities for<br />

partner organisations<br />

Provide support, advice,<br />

guidance and share<br />

examples <strong>of</strong> effective<br />

practice, including with the<br />

West <strong>London</strong> project<br />

review <strong>of</strong> SEN Transport<br />

funding. (Current activity<br />

with DfES)<br />

Remove current legislative<br />

barriers for the effective<br />

sharing <strong>of</strong> pupil-level<br />

information across services<br />

and agencies, as proposed<br />

in the Green Paper.<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 141


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

2.<br />

Inclusion<br />

through<br />

Achievement:<br />

primary age<br />

pupils<br />

Targets Ref.<br />

EDP2 targets<br />

Incl. No<br />

schools in<br />

OfSTED/LEA<br />

categories<br />

Inclusion/SEN<br />

Strategy<br />

EYDCP<br />

targets<br />

Local PSA<br />

2a.<br />

Improve performance <strong>of</strong> all children<br />

by at least two-thirds <strong>of</strong> a level<br />

each year [equivalent % ] ,<br />

particularly LAC and other<br />

Underachieving Groups identified<br />

in EDP2 (2002 - 2007) at Key<br />

Stages 1 & 2<br />

2b.<br />

Improve performance <strong>of</strong><br />

LAC/EOTAS, G&T & SEN groups<br />

<strong>of</strong> pupils at the end <strong>of</strong> Foundation<br />

Stage and Key Stages 1 & 2<br />

(including P level performance)<br />

2c.<br />

Continue to improve standards<br />

and provision for literacy,<br />

numeracy and ICT for all pupils in<br />

nursery and primary schools and<br />

achieve LEA KS2 targets for<br />

2004/5.<br />

Ensure that pupils in all <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

primary schools are making good<br />

progress.<br />

Publish, analyse and monitor data on the<br />

performance <strong>of</strong> underachieving groups.<br />

Work with schools to develop and track the<br />

impact <strong>of</strong> targeted and effective teaching and<br />

learning strategies to improve the attainment<br />

<strong>of</strong> underachieving groups and share good<br />

practice<br />

Support the development <strong>of</strong> the EiC Cluster<br />

across Standards and Inclusion Services<br />

Targeted work with schools, groups and<br />

clusters <strong>of</strong> schools to develop and share<br />

effective ways <strong>of</strong> increasing the achievement<br />

<strong>of</strong> children looked after, gifted and talented<br />

and with SEN.<br />

Clarify <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s Primary Strategy and<br />

service provision.<br />

Develop a Primary curriculum entitlement,<br />

reference to “Excellence and Enjoyment” to<br />

incorporating creativity, and citizenship<br />

Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data in<br />

schools so that all make effective use <strong>of</strong><br />

pupil-level information in order to drive up<br />

standards.<br />

Advice and support on the<br />

use and development <strong>of</strong><br />

data with school senior and<br />

middle managers, including<br />

use <strong>of</strong> PAT.<br />

Brokering networks to<br />

develop and share<br />

effective strategies,<br />

particularly relating to key<br />

underachieving groups<br />

(SDA)<br />

Maintain EiC Cluster<br />

funding for the contractual<br />

period<br />

Support networking and<br />

sharing <strong>of</strong> good practice<br />

across <strong>London</strong> LEAs<br />

(SDA)<br />

Maintain Standards Funds<br />

for the Primary Strategy<br />

and NGfL, and support<br />

developments with the<br />

‘Excellence & Enjoyment’<br />

Strategy.<br />

Regional director<br />

infrastructure provides<br />

continuing and flexible<br />

programmes according to<br />

agreed pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> need (RD)<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 142


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

School<br />

Improvement<br />

Plans<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

Ensure those schools in<br />

challenging circumstances are<br />

achieving at least to the level <strong>of</strong><br />

"floor targets" and none is in<br />

OfSTED categories or causing<br />

concern.<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

Expand programmes to support senior and<br />

middle management development in line with<br />

<strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL initiatives.<br />

2d.<br />

Further improve standards and<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> provision in Early Years<br />

Maintain and embed Early Years strategy as<br />

set out in the EYDCP and EDP2.<br />

Foundation stage pr<strong>of</strong>ile to have compatibility<br />

with P levels to inform targets, track and<br />

measure attainment into KS1<br />

Provide guidance,<br />

materials and examples <strong>of</strong><br />

good practice<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 143


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions<br />

DfES<br />

Contribution<br />

Council and Community<br />

Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

3.<br />

Inclusion<br />

through<br />

Achievement:<br />

secondary<br />

age pupils<br />

Targets Ref.<br />

EDP2 Targets<br />

No schools<br />

below the floor<br />

target<br />

3a.<br />

Improve standards and quality <strong>of</strong><br />

education at all levels at KS3 and<br />

achieve local PSA "stretch targets"<br />

for 2005<br />

Work with and across schools to target<br />

support through the Key Stage 3 strategy<br />

development and NGfL teams.<br />

Implement effective recruitment and retention<br />

teachers linked to the TTA initiatives to<br />

support recruitment and NRT support for<br />

Remodelling West <strong>London</strong>.<br />

Establish KS2–3 Transition project to ensure<br />

consistency <strong>of</strong> teaching and assessment for<br />

learning.<br />

Develop the use <strong>of</strong> pupil performance data in<br />

schools so that all make effective use <strong>of</strong> pupillevel<br />

information in order to drive up<br />

standards.<br />

Maintain Standards<br />

Funds for KS3 and<br />

NGfL.<br />

Regional director<br />

infrastructure<br />

provides continuing<br />

and flexible<br />

programmes<br />

according to agreed<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> need.(RD)<br />

Advice and support<br />

on the use and<br />

development <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>London</strong> Schools<br />

Family data (<strong>London</strong><br />

Challenge).<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 144


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

No schools in<br />

OfSTED/LEA<br />

categories<br />

causing<br />

concern<br />

Local PSA<br />

BSP<br />

14-19 Strategy<br />

School<br />

Improvement<br />

Plans<br />

3b.<br />

Ensure that all <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary<br />

schools are making good progress.<br />

Ensure those in challenging<br />

circumstances are achieving at<br />

least to the level <strong>of</strong> "floor targets"<br />

and none is in OfSTED categories<br />

or causing concern.<br />

Standards and Inclusion services to provide<br />

targeted support to secondary schools below<br />

or near "floor targets" and/or in Amber or Red<br />

categories and focused support for school<br />

senior and middle management with schools.<br />

Build on the good practice and effective<br />

management in <strong>Hillingdon</strong> secondary schools<br />

[Beacon, Leading Edge, Specialist, Training<br />

College, City Academy etc] to share good<br />

practice and drive up standards.<br />

Expand programmes to support senior and<br />

middle management development in line with<br />

<strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL initiatives<br />

Work in close liaison with<br />

the LEA and link with LEA<br />

strategy, to provide<br />

continued and well coordinated<br />

support and<br />

funding from LIG,<br />

Academies, EiC,<br />

Excellence in Cities and<br />

<strong>London</strong> Challenge Advisers<br />

and developments.<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> NRT to support local<br />

development <strong>of</strong><br />

Remodelling Strategy.<br />

Support and monitor<br />

progress (SDA.)<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

3c.<br />

Improve advice and guidance for<br />

young people and reduce NEETs<br />

by 10% by 2005<br />

Develop 14 -19 strategy aimed at enhancing<br />

curriculum provision, increasing access and<br />

participation and raising standards<br />

Support for developing Pan<br />

<strong>London</strong> links and vocational<br />

options through the LSC<br />

(<strong>London</strong> Challenge)<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

3d.<br />

Develop student voice and active<br />

citizenship in line with <strong>London</strong><br />

Challenge priorities<br />

Expand and enhance the Healthy <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Schools programme to focus on the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> School Councils and the<br />

active engagement <strong>of</strong> students.<br />

Opportunities through the<br />

<strong>London</strong> Challenge.<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 145


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

4.<br />

Leading &<br />

Managing<br />

Learning<br />

Targets Ref.<br />

4a.<br />

Establish <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Curriculum<br />

Entitlement for each Key Stage to<br />

incorporate ‘Excellence and<br />

Enjoyment’, Citizenship etc.<br />

Review curriculum documents to incorporate<br />

breadth, balance, innovation, creativity,<br />

Citizenship.<br />

Develop a targeted CPD programme to<br />

integrate the new curriculum at each Key<br />

Stage.<br />

Advice and guidance from<br />

relevant DfES curriculum<br />

strategy teams.<br />

Support and monitor<br />

progress (SDA).<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

EDP2 targets<br />

HGfL Strategy<br />

WRS Action<br />

Plan<br />

4b.<br />

Continue to develop and improve<br />

school leadership and management<br />

so that 80% <strong>of</strong> schools’ leadership<br />

and management are good or<br />

better.<br />

Develop a cohesive programme for Middle<br />

Management development, based on Leading<br />

from the Middle.<br />

Expand and enhance programmes to support<br />

senior and middle management development<br />

in line with <strong>London</strong> Challenge and NCSL<br />

initiatives.<br />

Maintain support through<br />

LIG, Primary Leadership<br />

Programme, training and<br />

funding, <strong>London</strong> Challenge<br />

& Academy Adviser support<br />

and develop CPD through<br />

<strong>London</strong> Leadership Centre<br />

Encourage continuous<br />

improvement culture<br />

Recruitment<br />

Strategy<br />

4c.<br />

Develop and enhance the<br />

curriculum through ICT and<br />

opportunities <strong>of</strong>fered through<br />

broadband technology.<br />

Focus on programmes to improve induction,<br />

mentoring and CPD – with schools as<br />

providers.<br />

Establish and embed the benefits <strong>of</strong> HGfL and<br />

provide effective joint management with<br />

schools.<br />

Maintain funding for NGfL<br />

development and provide<br />

on-line assessment for ICT<br />

Provide guidance, material<br />

and good practice networks<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 146


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

4d.<br />

Recruit, retain and maintain the<br />

provision <strong>of</strong> high quality staff and<br />

governors<br />

Maintain and expand the programmes for<br />

R&R at local level, to build on the ALCEO<br />

initiatives.<br />

Workforce Remodelling Strategy (WRS)<br />

implemented, developed and monitored.<br />

Maintain DfES funding for<br />

WRS and links with<br />

TTA funding for RSM<br />

function (NRT)<br />

Retain and recruit high<br />

performing people<br />

Develop a strategy to recruit governors and<br />

improve the quality and effectiveness <strong>of</strong><br />

governing bodies.<br />

4e.<br />

Embed effective self-evaluation<br />

and Performance Management in<br />

schools and the LEA<br />

Enhance the Annual School Review for all<br />

schools to emphasise the supported selfevaluation<br />

element and enabling schools to<br />

work towards the OfSTED S4.<br />

Support for the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> selfevaluation<br />

and monitor the<br />

impact. (SDA)<br />

Manage performance for<br />

improvement<br />

Support and promote effective Performance<br />

Management through programmes for staff<br />

and governors.<br />

Establish the National Standards for School<br />

Improvement Services as the basis for service<br />

specification with schools.<br />

Develop the Annual School Review to further<br />

enhance the role <strong>of</strong> school leaders.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 147


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

5.<br />

Responding<br />

to diversity<br />

and providing<br />

excellence<br />

Targets Ref.<br />

EDP2 targets<br />

School<br />

Organisation<br />

Plan<br />

Community<br />

Plan<br />

5a.<br />

Strategy jointly agreed with<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools for promoting<br />

and disseminating excellence and<br />

diversity<br />

5b.<br />

Develop the community dimension<br />

<strong>of</strong> schools including extended<br />

schools and full service schools<br />

Support and promote applications for<br />

Specialist status, Leading Edge, Chartermark,<br />

IiP, Achievement Awards, Curriculum Awards,<br />

etc and develop City Academies, as<br />

appropriate.<br />

Exploit and build on the effective extended<br />

schools practice in some schools to develop<br />

pilot programmes with LBH through the<br />

extended & full service schools programme,<br />

developing aspects identified in the Green<br />

Paper ‘Every Child Matters’ regarding<br />

provision <strong>of</strong> local community services .<br />

Advice and guidance from<br />

Specialist College, Leading<br />

Edge and Academies<br />

teams.<br />

Advice and support with<br />

Support and monitor<br />

progress (SDA).<br />

Advice and guidance from<br />

extended and full services<br />

schools teams and on<br />

developing full service<br />

provision and community<br />

service provision as an<br />

integral part <strong>of</strong> raising<br />

achievement, increasing<br />

inclusion and lifelong<br />

learning.<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Working in partnership with<br />

community and partners<br />

5c.<br />

Establish effective sharing <strong>of</strong> good<br />

practice across partnerships and<br />

phases.<br />

Develop and implement strategy from the<br />

January 2004 ‘Remodelling <strong>Hillingdon</strong>’s<br />

Education Service’ conference between the<br />

LEA, school headteachers and representative<br />

governors.<br />

Monitoring <strong>of</strong> progress<br />

(SDA).<br />

Support through <strong>London</strong><br />

Challenge and DfES<br />

collaborative networking<br />

projects and developments,<br />

good practice websites,<br />

publications and materials.<br />

(e.g. LIG, Federations,<br />

Innovations Unit)<br />

Learning & Culture<br />

Working in partnership with<br />

community and partners<br />

Support and monitoring<br />

(SDA)<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 148


Priority<br />

Objectives<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Targets and<br />

Outcomes<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> LEA Key Actions DfES Contribution Council and<br />

Community Plan<br />

Priorities<br />

6.<br />

Strategic<br />

Planning,<br />

Collaboration,<br />

Building<br />

Schools for<br />

the Future<br />

and Best<br />

Value<br />

Targets Ref.<br />

Corporate<br />

Plan/CPA Plan<br />

Milestones<br />

EDP Targets<br />

for<br />

development<br />

<strong>of</strong> SEP<br />

Post Ofsted<br />

Action Plan<br />

6a.<br />

Improved CPA rating to achieve 3*<br />

rating for Education by 2005<br />

Schools improve by 1 grade for<br />

VFM on re-inspection by OfSTED<br />

6b.<br />

Improve Strategic Planning rating<br />

in Audit Commission Annual Survey<br />

<strong>of</strong> Schools into next quartile by<br />

2005<br />

6c.<br />

Review the mechanisms for<br />

decision-making and<br />

communication with schools to<br />

improve the level <strong>of</strong> joint leadership<br />

6d.<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> schools to engage in the<br />

development and enhancement <strong>of</strong><br />

partnerships by 2005.<br />

6e.<br />

Rationalise and refocus the<br />

‘Education, Youth and Leisure’<br />

services planning through the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> the SEP<br />

LEA will develop its planning and consultation<br />

procedures<br />

Develop rigorous and systematic selfevaluation<br />

against the Ofsted LEA Inspection<br />

JRSs.<br />

Implement Action Plan from Headteacher<br />

Conference [January 2004] to review the<br />

Strategic Advisory Groups and reduce the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> standing groups involving<br />

headteachers.<br />

Implement recommendations from <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Collaboration Project (Mouchel) as agreed<br />

with HTs at the January 2004 Conference<br />

Reduce number <strong>of</strong> meetings and improve<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> decision-making and<br />

communication.<br />

Audit existing clusters and partnerships and<br />

ensure all schools have access to<br />

collaborative support in line with SIP priorities;<br />

develop and disseminate the work with all<br />

schools through the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Collaboration[Mouchel] Project.<br />

Draft SEP across all EYL Services to ensure<br />

greater coherence <strong>of</strong> planning<br />

Advice and guidance from<br />

relevant DfES teams.<br />

Advice and monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />

progress ( SDA.)<br />

Advice and monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />

progress (SDA).<br />

Support and monitor<br />

progress (SDA).<br />

Publish good practice<br />

networks on learning<br />

partnerships on the web<br />

Support and monitor<br />

progress (SDA).<br />

Use SEP website and<br />

examples <strong>of</strong> good practice<br />

to inform development <strong>of</strong><br />

SEP.<br />

SDA and SEP policy team<br />

support for endorsement<br />

Provide excellent services<br />

to community and<br />

customers;<br />

Manage finance and<br />

assets effectively<br />

Encourage continuous<br />

improvement culture<br />

Plan and prioritise<br />

effectively<br />

Working in partnership with<br />

community and partners<br />

Modernise Council<br />

processes<br />

Plan and prioritise<br />

effectively<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 149


REVIEW OF WELFARE MEALS SERVICE, MEALS<br />

IN THE HOME, DINING CENTRE, DAY CENTRE<br />

MEALS AND CIVIC CENTRE BANQUETING<br />

SERVICE<br />

ITEM 9<br />

Contact Officers: Jeremy Ambache/Steve Smith<br />

Telephone: 01895 27727401895 250518<br />

SUMMARY<br />

This report sets out the progress made since the last report to Cabinet on 18 th<br />

December 2003.<br />

Following the recommendations from Cabinet, to explore Options 3a and 3b, Officers<br />

have set out a programme to market test ‘Meals in the Home Services’ and<br />

Banqueting Services.<br />

RECOMMENDATION<br />

That Members note the progress made in market testing the meals and<br />

banqueting services.<br />

REASON FOR RECOMMENDATION<br />

The Cabinet requested an update to be presented to this meeting.<br />

OPTIONS AVAILABLE<br />

None at this stage<br />

COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW & SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

The Committee has not asked to comment on the report.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. A project group (comprising managers <strong>of</strong> the services, commissioning and<br />

procurement staff), has been set up to meet the requirements <strong>of</strong> the market testing.<br />

2. To ensure compliance with European legislation an advertisement was placed in<br />

the Official Journal <strong>of</strong> the European Union in February and notification <strong>of</strong> our<br />

intentions to market test was placed in both the local and trade press.<br />

3. In accordance with legislation 37 days is required for this purpose and for<br />

expressions <strong>of</strong> interest to made back to the <strong>London</strong> <strong>Borough</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Hillingdon</strong>. All<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 150


expressions <strong>of</strong> interest are due to be returned to the Council by 23 rd March 2004. An<br />

evaluation <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire responses will then be made.<br />

4. An invitation to tender will be made to suitable contractors and they will be<br />

provided with the specification and contract conditions. This is planned to<br />

commence in April 2004, and tenders will be returned to the authority by the end <strong>of</strong><br />

May 2004.<br />

5. A panel will then be set up to evaluate the tenders. Suitable companies will be<br />

interviewed and invited to present their proposals to the Council. Information in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> the outcome <strong>of</strong> the tender evaluation exercise will then be reported to<br />

Cabinet in September 2004. This will include an assessment <strong>of</strong> the TUPE<br />

implications.<br />

6. It is proposed that a three-year contract, commencing in January 2005, with an<br />

option to extend is sought.<br />

CORPORATE CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

Legal Implications<br />

7. The various stages <strong>of</strong> the procurement process are outlined in the body <strong>of</strong> the<br />

report. At this stage, there is nothing further that can be added by way <strong>of</strong> legal<br />

comments.<br />

Finance Implications<br />

8. There are no financial implications from this report. Social Services’ Procurement<br />

Manager is involved in the project team and will ensure that the prescribed format for<br />

responses to the Invitation to Tender will enable all bids to be evaluated on a<br />

consistent basis.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

<strong>Report</strong> to Cabinet 18 th December 2003<br />

Meals Review Committee <strong>Report</strong> to Social Services 19 th March 2002<br />

<strong>Report</strong> on Asha Day Centre Users Petition 13 th September 2001<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 151


EARLY YEARS DEVELOPMENT AND CHILDCARE<br />

PARTNERSHIP IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2004/05<br />

ITEM 10<br />

Contact Officer: Roger Turner/Alison Booth<br />

Telephone: 01895 250789/01895 277348<br />

SUMMARY<br />

The <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Early Years Development and Childcare Partnership (EYDCP) has<br />

been working together on the 2004-06 Early Years Development and Childcare<br />

Partnership Implementation Plan. Three years ago the Government (DfES/Sure<br />

Start) and Members approved fully the EYDCP strategic Plan 2001-04 and this time<br />

last year the Implementation Plan for 2003-04 received full approval. The current<br />

Implementation Plan has been guiding the work <strong>of</strong> the Partnership and considerable<br />

progress has been achieved during the last year. Although Sure Start no longer<br />

require submission <strong>of</strong> a Plan, they have specified a number <strong>of</strong> priority areas for the<br />

focus <strong>of</strong> the EYDCP’s work during the 2 years 2004-06. This plan is a 2 year plan, to<br />

run parallel with the 2 year funding allocation for 2004-06 that has already been<br />

agreed with the Sure Start Unit. This report, together with the Implementation Plan,<br />

provides Members with the details contained in the new plan for its consideration.<br />

A full copy <strong>of</strong> the Plan is available to any Member who wishes to access a copy.<br />

RECOMMENDATION:<br />

That members:<br />

1. Note the achievements made in response to the targets set out in the<br />

current Plan (03-04);<br />

2. Approve the proposals set out in the new Plan (04-06);<br />

REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />

To ensure that the Partnership contributes appropriately and strategically to national<br />

and local targets to ensure high quality childcare and early education provision in<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> and thus the continuance <strong>of</strong> £3.1M external funding from Sure Start for<br />

2004-06.<br />

OPTIONS<br />

1. To approve the plan for 2004-06;<br />

2. To approve the plan for 2004-06, with modifications<br />

3. To not approve the plan for 2004-06. Were this option to be considered the<br />

EYDCP would be unable to drawn down funding from the Government.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 152


COMMENTS OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE<br />

Education, Libraries and Arts Overview and Scrutiny Committee have provided no<br />

comments.<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. During 2003-04 the DfES/Sure Start required the EYDCP to set targets in 14<br />

areas in its Implementation Plan for 2003-04. All <strong>of</strong> these areas <strong>of</strong> working are<br />

reflected in the 2004-06 plan that follows the same format as the Sure Start Delivery<br />

Guidance 2004-2006.<br />

Free Early Education for 3 Year Olds<br />

2. Through partnership between maintained school nursery places, day nurseries,<br />

playgroups and independent schools <strong>Hillingdon</strong> has established a position <strong>of</strong><br />

providing free early education for all three year-old children who live, and are<br />

educated, within <strong>Hillingdon</strong> borders. This resulted in an early achievement <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Sure Start target to provide universal provision by eighteen months.<br />

3. The School Standards and Framework Act has placed a duty on local authorities<br />

to provide free early education for all four year-old children at point <strong>of</strong> delivery from<br />

1998. This Act has now been extended to include all three year-old children.<br />

Funding for this element <strong>of</strong> education will be within the Education Formula Funding<br />

from April 2004.<br />

Expansion <strong>of</strong> Childcare Places<br />

4. Despite substantial barriers to the attainment <strong>of</strong> the targets set in the 2001-04<br />

strategic plan, for example:-<br />

• Change <strong>of</strong> national regulator (OfSTED) and to national regulations (Care<br />

Standards);<br />

• Lack <strong>of</strong> suitable premises;<br />

• National shortage <strong>of</strong> suitably qualified workers.<br />

5. Good progress has been made towards the target for 03-04 and, in the 9 months<br />

to December 2003, 70% <strong>of</strong> the target for the creation <strong>of</strong> childcare places has been<br />

achieved. Comparison between target and actual performance over 3 and 1 year<br />

are as follows:-<br />

Area <strong>of</strong> expansion<br />

Revised<br />

target<br />

01-04<br />

Actual<br />

performance<br />

01-Dec 03<br />

Target<br />

2003-04<br />

Performance Apr<br />

03-Dec 03<br />

Out <strong>of</strong> School<br />

985 798 370 183<br />

childcare<br />

Pre-school childcare 444 543 152 186<br />

Childminding places 1471 1203 579 311<br />

Total 2900 2544 1101 739<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 153


6. Funding <strong>of</strong> £72,000 has been secured to help providers towards the cost <strong>of</strong><br />

starting up new schemes. Expressions <strong>of</strong> interest in bidding for the funding resulted<br />

in 3 responses and funding is likely to be given to providers starting clubs at Colham<br />

Manor, Hayes Park Primary and Charville Schools.<br />

Recruitment<br />

7. 2 fundays have been held in Harefield and Northwood to which over 2,000<br />

parents and children attended. The events resulted in increased interest in<br />

childminding and working in the early years and childcare sector. In total, 169<br />

people have expressed a strong interest in working in the sector since April 2003.<br />

8. The EYDCP will continue to <strong>of</strong>fer a startup package <strong>of</strong> £100 to all newlyregistering<br />

childminders.<br />

Training<br />

9. The strategic target for 2003-04 is for 400 childcare workers to receive<br />

qualifications based training. This has been exceeded and 547 childcare workers<br />

have accessed qualifications based training funded through the Childcare Grant and<br />

European Social Funding. The strategic target for a total <strong>of</strong> 1,200 workers to receive<br />

training by 2004 has been met and exceeded by 2003. The target for 2004-05<br />

reflects the increased demand for training and has been raised to 250 workers to be<br />

75% funded for level 2 and level 3 courses and to provide 375 non-qualifications<br />

childcare training places. The target is the same for 2005-06.<br />

10. The strategic target for 2003-04 is to provide the equivalent <strong>of</strong> four days training<br />

per Foundation Stage practitioner (staff in school nurseries, playgroups, day<br />

nurseries and independent schools) during the year. This target was reached<br />

through the provision <strong>of</strong> over seventy short courses. From April 2003 to February<br />

2004, 733 practitioners had attended the training events that have been provided.<br />

The course programme has been funded through European Social Funding and a<br />

direct grant from the DfES. The EYDCP is required to provide this level <strong>of</strong><br />

Foundation Stage training over the next two years. DfES funding will be available to<br />

support the coming training programmes.<br />

11. The EYDCP were required to deliver the equivalent <strong>of</strong> 3 days training per setting<br />

Special Education Needs Coordinator (SENCO) over the last 3 years (2001-2004).<br />

The implementation <strong>of</strong> this target was to provide one days training per setting<br />

SENCO in each <strong>of</strong> the three years. This was achieved this year through the<br />

provision <strong>of</strong> approximately eighteen training events, and last year included modular<br />

SENCO courses that will hopefully be accredited in the spring <strong>of</strong> 2004. From April<br />

2003 to February 2004 185 participants have attended the 18 courses that have<br />

been provided. This year’s course programme has been funded through a direct<br />

DfES grant. Funding for training will be continued for the next two years.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 154


Quality in Early Education<br />

12. Grants have been paid to childminders, all full daycare, sessional and out <strong>of</strong><br />

school providers to enable them to purchase and renew equipment to raise quality<br />

throughout the sector. A quality childminding network is being developed in<br />

collaboration with Sure Start in Hayes and it is hoped that this will receive<br />

accreditation by Spring 2004.<br />

13. The Partnership have made good progress in the promotion <strong>of</strong> quality<br />

accreditation schemes and 1 provider has attained accreditation and an additional 23<br />

providers have been recruited this year making a total <strong>of</strong> 40 providers and<br />

childminders who are now fully or part funded to work towards quality accreditation.<br />

The target for 15% <strong>of</strong> providers (20) to be working towards QA accreditation set for<br />

2003-04 has been exceeded by 13. Support groups and workshops have been<br />

established to support providers through the process and staff in the Partnership<br />

have received training to enable them to provider mentoring support.<br />

14. As <strong>of</strong> February 2004 there will be a team <strong>of</strong> 3.5 Early Years Advisory Teachers,<br />

working alongside the LEA Early Years Adviser, to support the development <strong>of</strong><br />

quality within early education provision in all sectors catering for the education <strong>of</strong><br />

children between the ages <strong>of</strong> three and five years. This development is supported<br />

through in-setting support, pre and post OfSTED inspection support and<br />

dissemination <strong>of</strong> good practice through twinning schools and non-maintained<br />

providers, arranging visits to settings with recognised good practice, good practice<br />

guidelines and newsletters.<br />

15. During the autumn term <strong>of</strong> 2003 the Early Years Team provided support to<br />

ninety-nine settings to develop a wide range <strong>of</strong> aspects <strong>of</strong> Foundation Stage<br />

education. The twinning initiative now twins a total <strong>of</strong> ten schools and thirty settings<br />

and with the implementation <strong>of</strong> the visits initiative it is hoped that the dissemination <strong>of</strong><br />

good practice and partnership working will continue to be enhanced.<br />

Special Educational Needs and Equal Opportunities<br />

16. With the recruitment <strong>of</strong> two Inclusion Facilitators, to work in partnership with the<br />

Inclusion Advisers recruited in 2003, the target <strong>of</strong> providing practitioner and SENCO<br />

support to all non-maintained Foundation Stage settings on a ratio <strong>of</strong> one to twenty,<br />

has been achieved. The Inclusion Team provides support to practitioners to enable<br />

them to cater for children’s individual and significant needs. They also support<br />

providers to develop inclusive practice and effective policies including those<br />

regarding children with special educational needs and those learning English as an<br />

additional language.<br />

17. During the autumn term <strong>of</strong> 2003 the Inclusion Team supported thirty settings in<br />

developing practice to cater for individual children’s needs alongside supporting eight<br />

children transferring from non-maintained settings to school provision. The Inclusion<br />

Team are also in the process <strong>of</strong> developing a “Behaviour Pack” that will support<br />

practitioners in developing positive behaviour strategies that will ensure children’s<br />

positive self-image is maintained<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 155


18. The Children’s Information Service has expanded its outreach programme and<br />

attended 32 outreach events, <strong>of</strong> which 14 were targeted at hard to reach groups.<br />

19. A Directory <strong>of</strong> Children’s Services is currently being compiled in collaboration<br />

with the <strong>Hillingdon</strong> Association <strong>of</strong> Voluntary Services, Social Services, Education and<br />

Health. Funding <strong>of</strong> just under £8,000 for the next 2 years for the continuation <strong>of</strong> this<br />

project has been obtained from the Children’s Fund.<br />

FINANCE<br />

20. The plan is mainly concerned about the priorities for spending secured levels <strong>of</strong><br />

funding, whether that be base budget or external grant. In two regards, however,<br />

additional budget will be required for 2004/05 and this is being considered as part <strong>of</strong><br />

the EYL budget overall and the Schools Budget in particular.<br />

21. The policy <strong>of</strong> providing free early education for 3 Year Olds will have a cost in<br />

2004/05 which is calculated to be £85k more than the rolled forward budget. Also,<br />

the operation <strong>of</strong> the 3 Early Years Centres may cause budget pressures <strong>of</strong> up to<br />

£173k. Both <strong>of</strong> items fall within the Schools Budget and are included in the<br />

calculation for passporting the increase in the Formula Spending Share for Schools.<br />

22. The funding for this is to be considered as part <strong>of</strong> the report to Cabinet on Fair<br />

Funding arrangements for schools in 2004/05.<br />

LEGAL<br />

23. There are no legal implications arising from this <strong>Report</strong>.<br />

EXTERNAL CONSULTATIONS CARRIED OUT<br />

Employment Service<br />

Children’s Fund<br />

Sure Start<br />

Neighbourhood Nursery<br />

Parents<br />

Providers <strong>of</strong> early education and childcare<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

Nil<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 156


REVENUE BUDGET 2003/04 MONTHLY<br />

MONITORING REPORT MONTH 9 (DECEMBER<br />

2003)<br />

ITEM 11<br />

Contact Officer: Paul Whaymand<br />

Telephone: 01895 556074<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

This report sets out the overall financial position <strong>of</strong> the authority as forecast at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> month 9 <strong>of</strong> 2003/04 (December 2003). It shows separately the forecast yearend<br />

position on Directorates’ Budgets, centrally managed Corporate Budgets and<br />

the overall position in relation to the General Fund and surplus balances. The report<br />

also includes reports <strong>of</strong> Corporate Directors commenting on the forecast year-end<br />

position on their budgets and on any significant budget pressures during the year<br />

and actions taken to mitigate their effect. The previous report to Cabinet in February<br />

covered the forecast position as at month 8 (November).<br />

This report provides a strategic summary <strong>of</strong> financial performance to date. It reflects<br />

the budget monitoring and management within Directorates. More detailed<br />

information for individual Directorates is available from Heads <strong>of</strong> Finance.<br />

SUMMARY<br />

This report on revenue monitoring as at Month 9, December 2003, shows that<br />

forecast net expenditure for the year is £829k lower than the budget, leading to<br />

£1.829m being added to balances as opposed to the £1m budgeted. This is an<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> £101k compared to the month 8 projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £728k.<br />

This change has been generated by a £101k improvement in the forecasts across<br />

Directorates. The main factor in the improved position within the Directorate spend is<br />

an improvement <strong>of</strong> £173k in the projected overspend for Housing Benefits.<br />

The current forecast assumes that the Development Contingency is fully utilised. At<br />

present £703k is uncommitted – <strong>of</strong> this, it is anticipated that up to £120k could be<br />

required to support the HIP programme, leaving a balance <strong>of</strong> £583k which could be<br />

added to balances.<br />

The forecasts for month 9 exclude £1.25m <strong>of</strong> additional costs relating to the Asylum<br />

Judicial Review. It has been assumed that this sum will be recoverable from central<br />

government, as have £1.9m <strong>of</strong> overhead costs relating to the Asylum Seeker Service<br />

in the year.<br />

RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

That Cabinet notes the improved position <strong>of</strong> the revenue budget and agrees to<br />

<strong>of</strong>ficers continuing to take appropriate actions to ensure the budgeted revenue<br />

surplus for the current year is achieved.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 157


REASONS FOR OFFICER RECOMMENDATION<br />

To achieve the Council’s expected surplus in line with the approved budget.<br />

EXPENDITURE FORECASTS<br />

Directorates’ Forecast Expenditure<br />

1. Table 1 shows Budget, Forecast and Variance at Directorate level now reported<br />

and the total position on the Directorates’ budgets<br />

Table 1<br />

2003/04<br />

Original<br />

Budget<br />

Budget<br />

changes<br />

(Note 1)<br />

2003/04<br />

Current<br />

Budget<br />

(as at<br />

Month 9)<br />

Directorate 2003/04<br />

Forecast<br />

(as at<br />

Month 9)<br />

Variances (+=Extra spend or<br />

Less Income )/() indicate less<br />

costs or greater income<br />

Variance<br />

(As at<br />

Month 9)<br />

Variance Variance<br />

(as at (as at<br />

Month 8) Month<br />

6)<br />

£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />

Education Youth &<br />

141,134 6,055 147,189 Leisure 147,189 0 0 0<br />

68,211 3,442 71,653 Social Services 71,668 +15 (23) (2)<br />

27,835 1,413 29,248 Environment 29,360 +112 +106 +140<br />

8,219 635 8,854 Housing 8,272 (582) (456) (148)<br />

11,855 290 12,145 Central Services 10,931 (1,214) (1,195) (62)<br />

32,632 -<br />

Capital charges (all<br />

32,632 Services – Note 2) 32,632 0 0 0<br />

Directorates'<br />

289,886 11,835 301,721 Expenditure 300,052 (1,669) (1,568) (72)<br />

Note 1<br />

“Budget Changes” incorporates allocations from the inflation provision and the<br />

Development and Risk Contingency which are further detailed in paragraphs 64 and<br />

65 respectively.<br />

The changes also reflect budget transfers between Directorates to accommodate:<br />

• Allocation <strong>of</strong> £300k savings target agreed at council budget meeting, Pro-rata<br />

across all services.<br />

• Central services charges allocation <strong>of</strong> £806k directly to relevant units.<br />

• Centralising <strong>of</strong> payment staff from Directorates - £75k (EYL & ESG)<br />

• Allocation <strong>of</strong> £400k <strong>of</strong> corporate provision for increased employer’s pension<br />

contributions.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 158


• £5k virement to Education from Central Services for town twinning.<br />

Note 2<br />

In Table 1 above, capital charges have been removed from Directorate budgets and<br />

shown separately to focus on the budget quantum which is within each Directorate’s<br />

control.<br />

2. The budgetary position for each Directorate is as follows:<br />

Education Youth & Leisure (EYL):<br />

3. EYL is projecting a £120k overspend on a number <strong>of</strong> budget heads as<br />

summarised below, with an expectation that they will be contained within the<br />

approved budget. This represents a £14k net improvement on the month 8 position<br />

before compensating savings:<br />

Forecast<br />

month 9<br />

£’000<br />

Change from<br />

month 8<br />

£’000<br />

Finance & Resources +228 +143<br />

Standards and Inclusion (245) (123)<br />

Lifelong learning +30 (30)<br />

Cultural Services +107 (4)<br />

Compensating Savings (120) +14<br />

Overall 0 0<br />

Finance and Resources: - £228k Overspend<br />

4. There are three areas <strong>of</strong> pressure in this budget. The first is in Premature<br />

Retirement Compensation, where current known commitments will result in an<br />

overspend <strong>of</strong> £162k (£137k worsening on £25k reported in month 8). The additional<br />

costs appear to be in the Teachers Pension Agency liability and some improvements<br />

need to be made to the way in which this aspect <strong>of</strong> the budget is forecasted in future.<br />

The second is in the Finance Team where recruitment difficulties have required the<br />

use <strong>of</strong> agency staff, currently estimated to cost in the region <strong>of</strong> £45k (£15k increase<br />

from £30k reported in month 8). The third relates to bills for legal costs, where LBH<br />

has either lost cases or has settled out <strong>of</strong> court (c£21k). This represents an<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> £9k on the month 8 position.<br />

5. In the event <strong>of</strong> vacancy management across the group not producing savings to<br />

cover these pressures, the fall-back position would be to assess the scope to use or<br />

re-phase spending on asset management planning reports and the next stage <strong>of</strong><br />

consultancy work for Ruislip High School PFI. In the event <strong>of</strong> these not being<br />

achievable, an overspend would result.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 159


Standards and Inclusion :- £245k Underspend<br />

6. After virements from central Standards Fund budgets to support SEN budgets<br />

and finalisation <strong>of</strong> prior year inter-authority liabilities for SEN, the SEN position is<br />

now forecasting an underspend <strong>of</strong> £111k (£11k worsening on the £122k reported in<br />

month 8). These forecasts include assumptions about new SEN placements. A<br />

review <strong>of</strong> SEN support services budgets has identified underspends <strong>of</strong> £133k in<br />

staffing budgets that were not forecast in previous months. These underspends arise<br />

due to failure to fill posts, where previously it was assumed that they would be filled,<br />

for Pupil & Family Support (£73) and Learning and Support Services (£60).<br />

Lifelong Learning: £30k Overspend<br />

7. The Early Years and Childcare team has identified budget pressures (£130k), due<br />

to underachievement <strong>of</strong> income targets (principally) in the three Early Years Centres,<br />

which transferred from Social Services on 1st April 2003 . These budgets are<br />

regarded as high risk and are being considered each month. There are some<br />

<strong>of</strong>fsetting savings within the Early Years Team and these will reduce the overspend<br />

for the team to between £50k and £100k. Overall projected position is a £30k<br />

improvement on that forecast on month 8.<br />

8. EYL <strong>of</strong>ficers are looking to identify strategies for ensuring that, in the longer term,<br />

these facilities operate within their approved budget. This is unlikely to produce a<br />

balance in 2003/04. Officers have sought some support from the Council's<br />

Contingency Budget, which earmarked up to £40k <strong>of</strong> funding in the event <strong>of</strong> the Early<br />

Years Centres being unable to meet income targets. Other opportunities for savings<br />

in this area are modest and an overspend may be inevitable.<br />

Cultural Services: £107k Overspend<br />

9. Cost pressures and income shortfall at Hayes Pool (£90k) and a mixture <strong>of</strong><br />

pressures and savings elsewhere in the Leisure budget (ie projected income shortfall<br />

<strong>of</strong> £11k at Cwm Pennant <strong>of</strong>fset by a forecast increase in rent income on golf courses<br />

(£42k), under-achievement <strong>of</strong> income at Queensmead Sports Centre (£25k), cost<br />

pressures at Minet Country Park (£25K), and a range <strong>of</strong> modest ups and downs for<br />

the remainder). There are some <strong>of</strong>fsetting pressures and savings within the Library<br />

Service.<br />

10. These pressures are expected to be managed within Cultural Services. The<br />

scope for doing this is in uncommitted funding for an Asset Management Review<br />

Manager and some opportunities for vacancy management. Savings have been<br />

identified by Cultural Services managers.<br />

Compensating Savings (Provisions): - (£120k) Underspend<br />

11. The latest assessment <strong>of</strong> potential compensating savings suggests that the<br />

following would appear to be achievable:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 160


AMR project director:<br />

Schools asset management:<br />

Vacancy management:<br />

Total:<br />

£’000<br />

70<br />

15<br />

35<br />

120<br />

Social Services:<br />

12. The Social Services overall projection indicates a slight worsening <strong>of</strong> £38k since<br />

the underspend <strong>of</strong> £23k projected at Month 8. As Social Services continue to<br />

examine and confirm management information through the commitments review<br />

exercise they are producing more reliable data on which to forecast commitments.<br />

The main changes this month are increase in the pressure on Children and families<br />

Service (£14k), Older People’s Services (£67k), mental health services (£25k),<br />

support services(£21k) and a reduction in the pressure on Physical and Sensory<br />

Disability Services by £47k, and in learning difficulties £38k. The forecast excludes<br />

the expected costs in this year <strong>of</strong> Asylum Seeker Judicial Review cases (£1.25m)<br />

and continues to assume full recovery <strong>of</strong> £1.9m <strong>of</strong> overhead costs regarding the<br />

Asylum Seeker service. The pressures are detailed in the table below:<br />

Forecast<br />

Variance<br />

Month 9<br />

£’000<br />

Change from<br />

Month 8<br />

£’000<br />

Children and Families +1,498 +14<br />

Asylum Seeker Service (1,114) 0<br />

Older People's Services (190) +67<br />

Physical & Sensory Disabilities +909 (47)<br />

Learning Disabilities +620 (38)<br />

Mental Health Services +401 +25<br />

Other Adult Services (36) (4)<br />

Support Services (434) +21<br />

Unallocated Growth (realignment) (1,639) 0<br />

+15 +38<br />

13. The extent <strong>of</strong> fluctuation in variances is reducing as the work on analysing all<br />

Private & Voluntary placement commitments nears completion. The forecast<br />

methodology has been significantly improved and is now more reliable. This has<br />

resulted in a revised projection <strong>of</strong> a £15k overspend for the department overall,<br />

excluding the developing impact <strong>of</strong> judicial review asylum cases. This compares with<br />

a £23k underspend projected in Month 8.<br />

14. Care Package authorisations procedures have been tightened to provide senior<br />

management scrutiny to all future higher cost placements for the foreseeable future.<br />

Heads <strong>of</strong> Service are continuing to review all proposals over £25k per year before a<br />

placement is made. The findings from the Budget Realignment exercise are helping<br />

budget managers to manage costs more effectively. The policy for the rest <strong>of</strong> this<br />

year is to contain costs overall within a departmental cash limit, since the current<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 161


service limits are unrealistic. The realignment exercise has informed the 2004/05<br />

budget building.<br />

Children & Families: - £1,498k overspend<br />

15. The projected overspend has increased by £14k due to clearer forecasting. All<br />

high cost care package proposals are referred to the Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review<br />

before a placement can be made.<br />

Asylum Seeker Service: - (£1,114k) underspend<br />

16. No change on Month 8. The underspend is additional grant income which has<br />

been claimed to cover management, support and overheads costs which have been<br />

the subject <strong>of</strong> challenge by the Audit Commission. This projection assumes full<br />

recovery <strong>of</strong> the claim. All claimable costs will be budgeted under the Asylum service<br />

cost centre for 2004/05, to show the real impact <strong>of</strong> the service and the extent to<br />

which it is reimbursed by grants.<br />

Older people’s Services: - (£190k) underspend<br />

17. An increase <strong>of</strong> £67k in spend since Month 8, due to continued efforts to reduce<br />

the waiting list. Commitments are being monitored in the context <strong>of</strong> the overall<br />

departmental financial position.<br />

Physical & Sensory Disabilities: - £909k overspend<br />

18. This has reduced by £47k since Month 8 due to firmer forecasting as the year<br />

progresses. All high cost care package proposals are to be referred to the Head <strong>of</strong><br />

Service for review before a placement can be made.<br />

Learning Disabilities: - £620k overspend<br />

19. A reduction £38k since Month 8 due to firmer forecasting. All high cost care<br />

package proposals are to be referred to the Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review before a<br />

placement can be made.<br />

Mental Health: - £401k overspend<br />

20. This has increased by £25k due mainly to clarification <strong>of</strong> the impact <strong>of</strong> staff<br />

harmonisation costs. All high cost care package proposals are to be referred to the<br />

Head <strong>of</strong> Service for review before a placement can be made.<br />

Support Services: - (£434k) underspend<br />

21. The underspend has reduced by £21k since Month 8 due to a £21k reduction in<br />

projected CareFirst costs <strong>of</strong>fset by an overspend <strong>of</strong> £42k on a shortfall in PCT<br />

contribution to the Equipment Service. The projected underspending on these<br />

services is being used to manage the department's budgets overall within the total<br />

cash limit.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 162


Unallocated Growth (Realignment): - (£1,639k) underspend<br />

22. There is no change since the last report. This is a reserve <strong>of</strong> £1,639k <strong>of</strong><br />

budgetary growth and inflation in the current year which has been with held from<br />

budgets pending a realignment <strong>of</strong> budgets for 2004/05 to reflect actual patterns <strong>of</strong><br />

spend. The budget will be dispersed to service budgets as part <strong>of</strong> 2004/05 budget<br />

build. This will not address the structural budget issues within services in the current<br />

year. Group budgets will continue to be managed by the department to aim to<br />

deliver an outturn on target overall. The realignment analysis will now form the basis<br />

for re-shaped budgets for 2004/05.<br />

Environmental Services:<br />

23. A projected overspend <strong>of</strong> £112k is reported. This is a worsening <strong>of</strong> £6k on the<br />

£106k reported in month 8. This is due to a new pressure in the CCTV service in<br />

relation to maintenance and cable line rental. The position is summarised below:<br />

Forecast<br />

month 9<br />

£’000<br />

Change from<br />

month 8<br />

£’000<br />

Public Health & Environmental<br />

6 6<br />

Services<br />

Highways & Transport 50 0<br />

Support Services 56 0<br />

Total 112 6<br />

Public Health & Environmental Services: - £6k overspend<br />

24. £6k CCTV Service. Pressure from increased maintenance and cable line rental<br />

costs. The CCTV manager is reviewing the current arrangements for the internal<br />

recharges <strong>of</strong> costs and also looking at opportunities to attract external funding to<br />

support this important 24-hour service.<br />

Highways & Transport: - £50k overspend<br />

25. Income from contract parking in multi storey car parks has not yet been<br />

achieved, hence there is an income shortfall. Officers continue to seek negotiated<br />

agreements with potential contract users.<br />

Support Services: - £56k overspend<br />

26. Demand for the Customer Contact Centre has been higher than expected, and<br />

the success <strong>of</strong> the service has generated yet more calls. The existing over-spend<br />

has arisen because <strong>of</strong> the need to employ additional staff to deal with the increased<br />

number <strong>of</strong> calls taken to meet performance indicators and deal with peaks and<br />

troughs in demand. The Council intends to extend the present CCC to all Council<br />

services, and the costs and budgetary position <strong>of</strong> the larger CCC will depend upon<br />

the detailed arrangements for the new service.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 163


27. The budget pressure has recently been reduced due to a contribution from<br />

'green waste'. The Corporate Director is actively seeking ways in which to make<br />

compensatory savings to reduce this pressure further. Officers from ESG and<br />

Corporate Finance are seeking to capitalise some <strong>of</strong> the staff salaries within the<br />

Contact Centre who are working on the introduction <strong>of</strong> the new Contact Centre<br />

s<strong>of</strong>tware. A significant reduction in the total overspend is expected in the next<br />

reporting period. The Contact Centre is due to transfer to Corporate IT in early<br />

March.<br />

Housing Services:<br />

28. Housing Services are now showing a projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £582k a £126k<br />

improvement on the month 8 projected underspend <strong>of</strong> £456k. This is due to an<br />

decrease in the forecast overspend on benefits, <strong>of</strong>fset by an increase in the forecast<br />

overspend on Housing development, as detailed in the table below:<br />

Forecast<br />

month 9<br />

£’000<br />

Changes from<br />

month 8<br />

£’000<br />

Benefits 320 (173)<br />

Homelessness (859) (21)<br />

Caravan Site (8) (2)<br />

Housing Advice Centre (52) (7)<br />

Housing Private Sector (59) (3)<br />

Housing Development 34 68<br />

Housing Careline Services 24 2<br />

Other Housing Services 18 10<br />

(582) (126)<br />

Benefits: - £320k overspend<br />

29. Benefits is made up <strong>of</strong> three key services - Benefit Admin, Benefits Payments<br />

and Fraud Prevention and Overpayment Recoveries; further details <strong>of</strong> these items<br />

are provided below. The net overspend has reduced from £493k in period 8 to £320k<br />

in period 9 and this is mainly due to movements in the cost <strong>of</strong> payments and<br />

administration. Net cost <strong>of</strong> payment is down by £174k and Admin costs are up by<br />

£170k. The total £320k projected net overspend to year-end is made up <strong>of</strong> £220k<br />

overspend on admin costs; £341k overspend on payments to claimants; and £241k<br />

underspend as a result <strong>of</strong> increased overpayment collections. The gross expenditure<br />

for Benefit is £53m+, £320k is less than 1% <strong>of</strong> the gross expenditure.<br />

30. There is a monthly review <strong>of</strong> the service to monitor both service and financial<br />

performance. All the actions listed for each aspect <strong>of</strong> the service are reviewed and<br />

updated each month.<br />

31. Admin: - The projected overspend on admin has moved from £55k overspend<br />

in period 8 to £220k overspend in period 9. This is mainly due to increased support<br />

costs allocations and the need to increase staffing levels in order to maintain<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 164


performance and implement i-world. The overall overspend <strong>of</strong> £220k for HB Admin<br />

due to general staffing costs, however the projected cost is very sensitive to the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> new claimants and HB review caseloads. Managers are recruiting more<br />

benefit assessment <strong>of</strong>ficer trainees and also implementing an action plan to improve<br />

HB admin services. The combination <strong>of</strong> these actions should reduce the current<br />

projected overspend.<br />

32. Payments: The latest projected overspend has reduced from £688k to £341k<br />

between period 8 and 9, this is mainly due to a small reduction in payment levels and<br />

corrections to budget allocation. Latest projected payments spend variance <strong>of</strong> £341k<br />

to year-end is based on actual payments to week 36. The current weighted average<br />

subsidy <strong>of</strong> 92.3% is one <strong>of</strong> the highest in <strong>London</strong> and the net expenditure on<br />

Housing Benefit and Council Tax Benefit is very sensitive to the subsidy percentage,<br />

0.01% change is about £50k impact on the budget. Managers are working on<br />

proposals to reduce the level <strong>of</strong> subsidy losses and we will be using some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

underspend in Homelessness budget to support this overspend.<br />

33. Overpayments: No significant change between period 8 and period 9. The total<br />

additional income <strong>of</strong> £250k from overpayment recoveries is mostly the direct result <strong>of</strong><br />

increased overpaid HB payments. Overpayment recovery performance is on a<br />

monthly review.<br />

Homelessness: - (£859k) underspend<br />

34. No significant changes between period 8 and period 9. The overall projected net<br />

underspend <strong>of</strong> £859k is mainly due to the use <strong>of</strong> new Private Sector Leasing<br />

accommodation. The gross budget for Homelessness is over £13m and the<br />

projected variance is about 6%. There are issues on how to sustain the current<br />

homelessness spend levels in future, there are a number <strong>of</strong> government proposals to<br />

review Homelessness services funding and subsidies. The cost <strong>of</strong> this service is very<br />

sensitive to HB subsidies payments and direct grants from government to support<br />

new homelessness prevention schemes. There is a monthly review between all<br />

service providers to ensure service plans and savings are delivered. Underspend is<br />

being used to support overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />

Caravan Sites: - (£8k) underspend<br />

35. There are no significant changes between period 8 and 9. The total projected<br />

£8k net underspend is mainly due to reduced costs on salaries and utilities (new<br />

electricity and water contracts at lower prices, and improved meter securities to<br />

control theft <strong>of</strong> electricity and water supplies). Underspend is being used to support<br />

overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />

Housing Advice Centre: - (£52k) underspend<br />

36. The improvement in projected spend between period 6 and 8 is due to<br />

correction <strong>of</strong> support cost recharges from the HRA. The overall projected £52k net<br />

underspend is mainly due to 1 fte post being funded from Community Safety<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 165


esources and another 1 fte vacancy caused by a recent secondment. Underspend<br />

is being used to support overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />

Housing Private Sector: - (£59k) underspend<br />

37. No significant improvement in projected spend between period 8 and 9. The<br />

overall projected £59k net underspend is mainly due to reduced projected overtime<br />

payments on Noise Services and reduction in HRA support services recharges. The<br />

Noise Service is currently being reviewed. Underspend is being used to support<br />

overspend elsewhere within the Housing General Fund.<br />

Housing Development Section: - £34k overspend<br />

38. The £68k movement from underspend to overspend between period 8 and<br />

period 9 is due to increased projected salary costs, consultancy costs to review the<br />

new PSL contracts and homelessness strategy. The total projected £34k net<br />

overspend is mainly due to projected expenditure on a number <strong>of</strong> housing<br />

development and procurement strategies. This overspend will be funded out <strong>of</strong> the<br />

homelessness underspend.<br />

Housing Careline Services: - £24k overspend<br />

39. No significant change between period 8 and 9. The projected total £24k net<br />

overspend is due to increased operational costs as a result <strong>of</strong> health and safety<br />

issues in the Careline Services’ current location at the Civic. This overspend is being<br />

funded out <strong>of</strong> the savings elsewhere in the budget.<br />

Housing Support Services & Management: - £18k overspend<br />

40. The increase <strong>of</strong> £10k in projected overspend is due to a number <strong>of</strong> cost<br />

reallocation between the HRA and Housing General Fund. The projected £18k net<br />

overspend is due to projected variance on a number <strong>of</strong> small support services<br />

recharges between HRA and Housing General Fund. This overspend is being<br />

funded out <strong>of</strong> the savings elsewhere in the budget.<br />

Central Services:<br />

41. This report sets out the financial forecast for Central Services based on the<br />

Month 9 (December 2003) actual figures. The projected variance will result in a net<br />

underspend <strong>of</strong> £1,214k, which is an increase <strong>of</strong> £19k over the £1,195k underspend<br />

declared in month 8. This improvement is primarily down to a reduction in the<br />

projected staffing costs in the Personnel and Best Value Services. A full summary <strong>of</strong><br />

the changes from month 8 is shown in Table 1 – Central Services Financial Forecast<br />

2003/2004:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 166


Table 1 – Central Services Financial Forecast 2003/2004<br />

Service Area<br />

Forecast<br />

Month 9<br />

£’000<br />

Change from<br />

Month 8<br />

£’000<br />

Local Tax/NNDR (20) 13<br />

Corporate and Democratic Core (25) 0<br />

Estates and Property Services (54) 0<br />

Other Corporate Services (1,620) 0<br />

Chief Executive’s Office 0 (32)<br />

Finance Services 299 0<br />

Facilities Management 106 0<br />

Constitutional Services (70) 0<br />

Legal Services 170 0<br />

Total Forecast for Central Services (1,214) (19)<br />

Local Tax/NNDR (£20k underspend)<br />

42. The projected variance is due to the predicted savings on salaries within the<br />

Recovery Section amounting to £70k, which is <strong>of</strong>fset by £50k due to costs <strong>of</strong><br />

employing agency staff to cover staff vacancies and the additional cost <strong>of</strong><br />

implementing the I-World project within the income collection teams. The £13k<br />

decrease in the underspend from month 8 is due to the increase in agency staffing<br />

costs to assist with the implementation <strong>of</strong> the I-World project.<br />

Corporate and Democratic Core (£25k underspend)<br />

43. As last month it is anticipated that the one-<strong>of</strong>f set up costs for the <strong>Hillingdon</strong><br />

Community Trust will be lower than expected by £25k.<br />

Estates (£60k underspend) and Property Services (£6k overspend), net<br />

underspend <strong>of</strong> £54k<br />

44. As reported last month it is anticipated that the projected variance will be an<br />

underspend <strong>of</strong> £54k. This is due to a number <strong>of</strong> projected savings totalling £84k, a<br />

£10k saving from rent income received for the Uxbridge Industrial Estate, which has<br />

been sold, a saving <strong>of</strong> £49k from the property at 192 High Street, which has been<br />

sub-let to a private tenant, who will be responsible for the day to day running costs<br />

and a £25k underspend on external consultants in the Property Disposal budget.<br />

This is <strong>of</strong>fset by an overspend <strong>of</strong> £24k due to the fall in the number <strong>of</strong> units let at the<br />

Warnford Industrial Estate and a slight overspend <strong>of</strong> £6k which is projected in<br />

Estates and Valuation due to increased staffing costs.<br />

Other Corporate Services (£1,620k underspend)<br />

45. Most <strong>of</strong> the Rates bills for the Authority have now been finalised following<br />

challenges mounted by the authority on the current rating list. Indications are that<br />

rate refunds flowing from these challenges will generate savings <strong>of</strong> £1,570k over<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 167


and above the £224k assumed in the base budget. A further £50k saving is due to<br />

the <strong>London</strong> Residual Body balances redistributed to the Authority for prior year<br />

County Hall rate refunds dating back to 1995.<br />

46. The significant improvement <strong>of</strong> £720k in the variation is due to the outcomes <strong>of</strong><br />

the challenges to the rateable value on the Civic Centre. The final rebates due to the<br />

Authority are significantly better than those predicted and relate to rebates dating<br />

back to the 2000/2001 financial year.<br />

Chief Executive’s Office (nil variance)<br />

47. The change in the variation from month 8 by £32k is due to an underspend <strong>of</strong><br />

£10k within the Best Value Team on staff salaries and a reduction in the agency staff<br />

costs within the Personnel Service <strong>of</strong> £22k.<br />

Finance Services (£299k overspend)<br />

48. As reported last month the projected overspend is made up <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> items<br />

across the service. The pressures identified are essential, so as to enable the<br />

Authority to improve its financial management systems and processes, which would<br />

lead to service efficiencies.<br />

49. The Central Services Finance Team is expected to overspend by £50k, due<br />

mainly to agency staff covering a maternity leave and the role <strong>of</strong> the Head <strong>of</strong> Finance<br />

– Central Services. The position for Head <strong>of</strong> Finance – Central Services was filled<br />

with a permanent employee with effect from 1 September 2003.<br />

50. The Financial Systems Support Team is projected to overspend by £40k, due to<br />

costs involved in setting up a help desk and recruiting agency staff to manage the<br />

first year <strong>of</strong> live implementation <strong>of</strong> the Oracle Financial Management System, which<br />

is a recognised priority for this Authority.<br />

51. Insurance Services is anticipated to overspend by £28k, due to temporarily<br />

recruiting two additional staff to set up a risk register and to undertake work designed<br />

to help improve our CPA rating in this area. CPA rating has as a result increased<br />

from a score <strong>of</strong> 1 to a score <strong>of</strong> 3.<br />

52. Treasury Services is anticipated to overspend by £20k, due to additional Brokers<br />

Commissions in year incurred as a result <strong>of</strong> debt restructuring designed to reduce<br />

interest costs in the current year and next.<br />

53. The Corporate Accountancy Team is expected to overspend by £194k. This<br />

comes at a time <strong>of</strong> the greatest change in Local Government Finance, with<br />

significant change in the department and greater support being required by the<br />

Authority. The overspend is due to, in particular, difficulties in recruiting to the Head<br />

<strong>of</strong> Financial Planning and the resulting additional recruitment costs and covering<br />

sickness for the role <strong>of</strong> the Capital Accountant. The Team is also having to cope with<br />

an additional workload as a result <strong>of</strong> providing financial input into the HIP program<br />

and detailed financial support to 3 HIP projects. The position for the Head <strong>of</strong><br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 168


Financial Planning was filled with a permanent employee with effect from<br />

20 October 2003.<br />

54. The Finance Directorate is anticipated to overspend by £30k due to additional<br />

costs arising as a consequence <strong>of</strong> covering for the <strong>Borough</strong> Treasurer’s post which<br />

became vacant in November and the recruitment costs <strong>of</strong> appointing new staff. A<br />

further overspend <strong>of</strong> £65k will result from the redundancy payments arising following<br />

the restructuring <strong>of</strong> the Payroll Section. These additional costs will, to some part, be<br />

<strong>of</strong>fset by projected savings arising from the continuing vacancies within the Audit<br />

Team (£50k) and by an agreed reduction in the Authority audit fees (£78k).<br />

Facilities Management (£106k overspend)<br />

55. A number <strong>of</strong> pressures have been identified within this service. The cost <strong>of</strong> the<br />

security contract is £42k above the budget provision, staffing costs within the Office<br />

Services are projected to be £25k overspent, Civic Centre utility bills are higher than<br />

expected by £35k and a further net pressure <strong>of</strong> £4k on other Civic Centre budgets.<br />

56. Due to the restructuring <strong>of</strong> the Facilities Management service and the<br />

refurbishment <strong>of</strong> the Café, it has been very difficult to predict with any certainty how<br />

the three Trading Accounts (Catering, Cleaning and Printing) have been performing.<br />

This work will be carried out and completed in February 2004 and the outcomes<br />

reported within the next monitoring report.<br />

57. Although not included in the projected year end figures, the Building Cleaning<br />

and Catering Services will be affected by the Harmonisation process. A bid has been<br />

submitted to the Contingency Fund for a gross £42k to cover the additional costs.<br />

Constitutional Services (£70k underspend)<br />

58. As reported last month the underspend has arisen due to a slippage in the<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> the Community Safety Initiative resulting in a saving <strong>of</strong> £20k and<br />

not being able to fill a number <strong>of</strong> vacant posts within the service resulting in an<br />

anticipated saving <strong>of</strong> £50k.<br />

Legal Services (£170k overspend)<br />

59. As reported last month the projected overspend is due to continuing pressure on<br />

the service especially from Social Services and Environmental Services. Increased<br />

workloads and the high staff vacancy within the service have resulted in a significant<br />

cost being paid for agency staff to enable the service to function. A further pressure<br />

on the service is the appointment <strong>of</strong> the Data Protection Officer to an unfunded post.<br />

Corporate Budgets’ Forecasts<br />

60. Table 2 shows Budget, Forecast and Variance now reported on corporate<br />

budgets i.e. inflation provision/ Interest Income etc and the total position on<br />

corporate budgets.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 169


Table 2<br />

2003/04<br />

Original<br />

Budget<br />

Budget<br />

changes<br />

(para’s 17<br />

to 19)<br />

2003/04 Corporate Budgets<br />

Current<br />

Budget<br />

(as at<br />

Month 9)<br />

2003/04<br />

Forecast<br />

(as at<br />

Month 9)<br />

Variances (+=Extra spend or<br />

Less Income )/() indicate less<br />

costs or greater income<br />

Variance<br />

(As at<br />

Month 9)<br />

£000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />

Variance Variance<br />

(As at (As at<br />

Month 8) Month 6)<br />

11,238 (11,238) 0 Inflation Provision 0 0 0 0<br />

2,100 (597) 1,503 Developments Contingency 1,503 0 0 0<br />

(800) - (800) Interest on Balances (80) +720 +720 0<br />

(500) - (500) BPR / HIP Savings (500) 0 0 0<br />

(500) - (500) External Contribution (500) 0 0 0<br />

(32,632) - (32,632) Asset Mgt A/c (32,512) +120 +120 0<br />

(21,094) (11,835) (32,929) Corporate Budgets (32,089) +840 +840 0<br />

Corporate budget Variance: - £840k overspend<br />

61. This significant pressure has not changed since month 8 and has been<br />

generated for two main reasons. The government has frozen the payment <strong>of</strong> Asylum<br />

seekers Grant in the current year due to unresolved issues in the 2002-3 claim. This<br />

has therefore resulted in a worsened cash-flow position and a resultant loss <strong>of</strong><br />

potential income to be earned <strong>of</strong> approximately £500k. There has also been a<br />

significant increase in the sale <strong>of</strong> council houses, due the future reduction <strong>of</strong><br />

discounts available to tenants. The result <strong>of</strong> these increased HRA capital receipts is<br />

that the HRA is charged with a reduced proportion <strong>of</strong> the Council’s debt financing<br />

costs which instead falls on the General Fund. This has resulted in a fall <strong>of</strong><br />

approximately £300k in the amount that the HRA owes the General Fund in debt<br />

financing costs. The reduction in debt financing costs charged to the HRA is an<br />

exaggerated reflection <strong>of</strong> the capital receipts in the year due to the way the<br />

apportionment statutorily has to be calculated.<br />

62. Officers have taken action to prevent the position from getting worse by<br />

undertaking a debt restructure, which has resulted in reduced interest costs in the<br />

current year.<br />

63. There has been a transfer <strong>of</strong> £11.238m <strong>of</strong> inflation provision to Directorates’<br />

budgets to date. The following allocations have utilised the whole balance in the<br />

inflation provision. The following table shows how the inflation has been allocated;<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 170


£000<br />

Pay awards 7,688<br />

Contractual arrangements 1,919<br />

Levies 1,234<br />

Other* 397<br />

Total 11,238<br />

* Note: major components <strong>of</strong> this figure include:<br />

£’000<br />

Members allowances 30<br />

Grants 45<br />

Special Schools 114<br />

Homelessness 19<br />

Building maintenance<br />

Social Services Transport<br />

IT Contract Costs<br />

School Quantum<br />

4<br />

47<br />

61<br />

10<br />

Other 67<br />

Total 397<br />

64. Table 2 assumes that the Development and Risk Contingency will be fully<br />

utilised in 2003/04. Allocations <strong>of</strong> £557k have been made from the contingency this<br />

year - including those reflecting members’ approval in 2002/03 <strong>of</strong> funding for £144k<br />

expenditure which did not take place until 2003/04. Bids for harmonisation costs total<br />

£540k (Social Services £450k, Environmental Services £40k and Central Services<br />

£50k) and whilst a corporate review <strong>of</strong> these bids is underway, it is assumed that the<br />

figure <strong>of</strong> £540k will be justified. There is £300k earmarked in the Contingency to<br />

support the revenue budget provision <strong>of</strong> £300k for self-insured claims. Current<br />

projections based on settlements up to the end <strong>of</strong> December suggest that the £300k<br />

contingency will be required in full. The harmonisation and Insurance commitments<br />

are incorporated into the table overleaf which also sets out the items provided for<br />

within the contingency:<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 171


2003/04 Allocated<br />

Budget or<br />

committed<br />

£’000 £’000<br />

Harmonisation 500 540<br />

Business Rates – Civic Centre 400 Not needed<br />

Residential Care Allowances 450 Not needed<br />

Uninsured Claims 300 300<br />

Early Years Centres’ budget shortfall 40 0<br />

HIP / Procurement savings 300 180<br />

Pensions for Councillors 94 Not needed<br />

Allocations brought forward from 2002/03:<br />

Sec 106 temporary staff (ESG) 20<br />

Planning appeal Ruislip Community School (ESG) 33<br />

Challenge Consulting (Central) 31<br />

Cranford Women’s project (Central) 60<br />

2003/04 allocations:<br />

Challenge Consulting / other specific HIP<br />

82<br />

allocations (Central)<br />

NOTRAG & Decideum (Central) 10<br />

<strong>Hillingdon</strong> Youth Offending Service (SocServices) 62<br />

Bellfarm Advice Centre (Central) 15<br />

Campaign against 3 rd Runway (Central) 25<br />

Festive Decorations (ESG) 24<br />

Litter Campaign design and publicity 15<br />

Reduction at Council Budget meeting -484<br />

Total: 2,100 1,397<br />

65. Taking allocations and commitments to date into account, the unallocated<br />

balance on the Contingency currently stands at £703k. Further issues to be<br />

considered in this perspective are:<br />

• HIP/Procurement savings: £300k – provision made to cover start-up costs and<br />

recognising an ambitious income target. £180k has already been allocated from<br />

Contingency so far this year. Shortfall currently identified at £300k but some <strong>of</strong><br />

these costs may be chargeable to the HRA. It is therefore possible that the full<br />

£300k will not be required.<br />

• Pensions for Councillors: £94k – this will not be required in the current financial<br />

year.<br />

66. Taking these issues into account the uncommitted balance <strong>of</strong> the Contingency<br />

would reduce to £583k.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 172


OVERALL FINANCIAL POSITION<br />

67. Table 3 indicates the overall impact <strong>of</strong> the expenditure forecasts now reported<br />

on the approved budget and the resulting balances position.<br />

Table 3<br />

2003/04<br />

Original<br />

Budget<br />

2003/04<br />

(As at Month 9)<br />

Current<br />

Budget<br />

Forecast<br />

(as at Month<br />

9)<br />

Variances (+=Extra spend or Less<br />

Income )/() indicate less costs or<br />

greater income<br />

Variance (As<br />

at Month 9)<br />

Variance<br />

(As at<br />

Month 8)<br />

Variance<br />

(As at<br />

Month6)<br />

£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000<br />

Directorates’<br />

289,886 Expenditure 301,721 300,052 (1,669) (1,568) (72)<br />

(21,094) Corporate Budgets (32,929) (32,089) +840 +840 0<br />

268,792 Total Net Expenditure 268,792 267,963 (829) (728) (72)<br />

(269,792) Budget Requirement (269,792) (269,792) 0 0 0<br />

(1,000) (Surplus)/Deficit (1,000) (1,829) (829) (728) (72)<br />

(2,800) Balances b/f 1/4/03 (3,376) (3,376) 0 0 0<br />

(3,800) Balances c/f 31/3/04 (4,376) (5,205) (829) (728) (72)<br />

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

a B c = b-a<br />

68. This is a report <strong>of</strong> the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance and the financial implications are<br />

included throughout.<br />

LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

69. There are no specific legal implications arising from this report.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

Monitoring reports<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 173


OPENING OF THE PRIVATE EQUITY TENDER OFF<br />

SITE<br />

ITEM 12<br />

Contact Officer: Louise Branford-White<br />

Telephone: 01895 250818<br />

SUMMARY<br />

The response to the Private Equity open OJEC tender will be opened <strong>of</strong>f site in the<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services. Opening the tender <strong>of</strong>f<br />

site is because a large number <strong>of</strong> proposals and quantity <strong>of</strong> supporting documents<br />

are expected. This report is required under standing orders to note to Cabinet the<br />

unopened tenders not being sent to the civic centre and not being accompanied <strong>of</strong>f<br />

site by 2 <strong>of</strong>ficers, following this approval being authorised by an appropriate <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

RECOMMENDATION<br />

The report be noted<br />

INFORMATION<br />

1. The pension fund is undertaking an open OJEC tender for Private Equity. The<br />

amount to be invested would be in the region <strong>of</strong> £18 million, approximately 5% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

total value <strong>of</strong> the pension fund.<br />

2. Due to the specialist nature <strong>of</strong> Private Equity, BFINANCE have been appointed to<br />

analyse and review the information returned from the tender process. It is expected<br />

that a large quantity <strong>of</strong> responses will be received and that the volume <strong>of</strong> information<br />

supplied will be great.<br />

3. It would therefore be sensible to have the completed tender documents sent<br />

straight to BFINANCE <strong>of</strong>fices. The tender documents will then be opened in the<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services.<br />

LEGAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

4. Section 16 (a) <strong>of</strong> Procurement and Contract Standing Order number requires<br />

tenders to be returned to the Civic Centre. Section 3 <strong>of</strong> the same standing order<br />

provides that the Standing Order must be complied with at all times but there are<br />

some exceptions.<br />

5. Section 3 (b) states an exception can be “by direction <strong>of</strong> the Appropriate<br />

Delegated Officer where such direction is justified by special exceptional<br />

circumstances and will be subject to a report to the cabinet”.<br />

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS<br />

6. The proposal is the most practical in the circumstances.<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 174


Conclusion<br />

7. The response to the Private Equity tender will be opened <strong>of</strong>f site in the presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>ficer from Democratic or Legal Services due to the expectation that a large<br />

number <strong>of</strong> tenders will be received and the documentation will be great. The<br />

appropriate Delegated Officer who has authorised this is the Director <strong>of</strong> Finance.<br />

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS<br />

Procurement and Contract Standing Orders<br />

PART I – MEMBERS & PUBLIC (INCLUDING THE PRESS)<br />

Cabinet <strong>Report</strong>s - 4 th March 2003 Page 175

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!